Business RadioX ®

  • Home
  • Business RadioX ® Communities
    • Southeast
      • Alabama
        • Birmingham
      • Florida
        • Orlando
        • Pensacola
        • South Florida
        • Tampa
        • Tallahassee
      • Georgia
        • Atlanta
        • Cherokee
        • Forsyth
        • Greater Perimeter
        • Gwinnett
        • North Fulton
        • North Georgia
        • Northeast Georgia
        • Rome
        • Savannah
      • Louisiana
        • New Orleans
      • North Carolina
        • Charlotte
        • Raleigh
      • Tennessee
        • Chattanooga
        • Nashville
      • Virginia
        • Richmond
    • South Central
      • Arkansas
        • Northwest Arkansas
    • Midwest
      • Illinois
        • Chicago
      • Michigan
        • Detroit
      • Minnesota
        • Minneapolis St. Paul
      • Missouri
        • St. Louis
      • Ohio
        • Cleveland
        • Columbus
        • Dayton
    • Southwest
      • Arizona
        • Phoenix
        • Tucson
        • Valley
      • Texas
        • Austin
        • Dallas
        • Houston
    • West
      • California
        • Bay Area
        • LA
        • Pasadena
      • Colorado
        • Denver
      • Hawaii
        • Oahu
  • FAQs
  • About Us
    • Our Mission
    • Our Audience
    • Why It Works
    • What People Are Saying
    • BRX in the News
  • Resources
    • BRX Pro Tips
    • B2B Marketing: The 4Rs
    • High Velocity Selling Habits
    • Why Most B2B Media Strategies Fail
    • 9 Reasons To Sponsor A Business RadioX ® Show
  • Partner With Us
  • Veteran Business RadioX ®

Decision Vision Episode 36: How Do I Recession Proof My Business? – An Interview with Wes Gipe, Aileron

October 17, 2019 by John Ray

Decision Vision
Decision Vision
Decision Vision Episode 36: How Do I Recession Proof My Business? – An Interview with Wes Gipe, Aileron
Loading
00:00 /
RSS Feed
Share
Link
Embed

Download file

Host Mike Blake and Wes Gipe, Aileron

Decision Vision Episode 35:  How Do I Recession Proof My Business? – An Interview with Wes Gipe, Aileron

How do I manage my business so it’s able to withstand (and maybe even thrive in) a recession? In the edition of “Decision Vision,” host Mike Blake discusses this question with Wes Gipe of Aileron. “Decision Vision” is presented by Brady Ware & Company.

Wes Gipe, Aileron

Wes Gipe

Wes Gipe works with business owners and their teams as a trusted facilitator, business advisor and coach. Known for his enthusiasm and high-energy approach, Wes’s willingness to boldly approach tough issues and go the extra mile have gained him loyal clients who look to him for help with strategic planning, leadership and culture development, and conflict resolution.

Wes started his journey as an Aileron client in 2008. After applying Aileron’s Professional Management principles to build a self-managing company, he now spends much of his time helping other organizations—big and small—build a strategy that endures. Through this work, he has logged over 9,000 coaching hours with more than 500 individuals throughout North America and Europe. His work has been featured in Forbes as well as other national media outlets. Wes resides in Miami County, OH with his wife and three rambunctious boys.

For more information, go to the Aileron website.

Michael Blake, Brady Ware & Company

Mike Blake, Host of “Decision Vision”

Michael Blake is Host of the “Decision Vision” podcast series and a Director of Brady Ware & Company. Mike specializes in the valuation of intellectual property-driven firms, such as software firms, aerospace firms and professional services firms, most frequently in the capacity as a transaction advisor, helping clients obtain great outcomes from complex transaction opportunities. He is also a specialist in the appraisal of intellectual properties as stand-alone assets, such as software, trade secrets, and patents.

Mike has been a full-time business appraiser for 13 years with public accounting firms, boutique business appraisal firms, and an owner of his own firm. Prior to that, he spent 8 years in venture capital and investment banking, including transactions in the U.S., Israel, Russia, Ukraine, and Belarus.

Brady Ware & Company

Brady Ware & Company is a regional full-service accounting and advisory firm which helps businesses and entrepreneurs make visions a reality. Brady Ware services clients nationally from its offices in Alpharetta, GA; Columbus and Dayton, OH; and Richmond, IN. The firm is growth minded, committed to the regions in which they operate, and most importantly, they make significant investments in their people and service offerings to meet the changing financial needs of those they are privileged to serve. The firm is dedicated to providing results that make a difference for its clients.

Decision Vision Podcast Series

“Decision Vision” is a podcast covering topics and issues facing small business owners and connecting them with solutions from leading experts. This series is presented by Brady Ware & Company. If you are a decision maker for a small business, we’d love to hear from you. Contact us at decisionvision@bradyware.com and make sure to listen to every Thursday to the “Decision Vision” podcast. Past episodes of “Decision Vision” can be found here. “Decision Vision” is produced and broadcast by the North Fulton studio of Business RadioX®.

Visit Brady Ware & Company on social media:

LinkedIn:  https://www.linkedin.com/company/brady-ware/

Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/bradywareCPAs/

Twitter: https://twitter.com/BradyWare

Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/bradywarecompany/

Show Transcript

Intro: [00:00:02] Welcome to Decision Vision, a podcast series focusing on critical business decisions, brought to you by Brady Ware & Company. Brady Ware is a regional, full-service accounting and advisory firm that helps businesses and entrepreneurs make vision a reality.

Michael Blake: [00:00:21] And welcome to Decision Vision, the podcast giving you, the listener, clear vision to make great decisions. In each episode, we discuss the process of decision making on a different topic. Rather than making recommendations because everyone’s circumstances are different, we talk to subject matter experts about how they would recommend thinking about that decision.

Michael Blake: [00:00:38] My name is Mike Blake, and I’m your host for today’s podcast. I’m a director at Brady Ware & Company, a full-service accounting firm based in Dayton, Ohio, with offices in Dayton; Columbus, Ohio; Richmond, Indiana; and Alpharetta, Georgia, which is where we are recording today. Brady Ware is sponsoring this podcast. If you like this podcast, please subscribe in your favorite podcast aggregator. And please, also, consider leaving a review of the podcast as well.

Michael Blake: [00:01:03] So, our topic today is how can I recession proof my business? And, you know, in one respect, recession proofing sounds like the holy grail. It sounds like something that’s so great that it can’t possibly be done. I think we’re going to dispel that myth fairly quickly today. But you know that as business owners and business leaders, we are so involved in the day to day granular nature of our operations. And if you happen to be a business owner or a leader that truly can take a big picture view as often as you would like, congratulations. Let me know. I’d like to have you on the podcast. You can tell the rest of us how you do it.

Michael Blake: [00:01:44] But for most of us, you know where we’re—you know, for most of us, a week ahead of our calendars, the other side of our lives. And the fact of the matter is that our economy is not recession proof. Now, I think the data would show that our periods of expansion appear to be getting longer. And it’s unclear yet as to whether or not that means that when our recessions do happen, there’ll be that much more severe or if ’08, ’09 was simply an aberration.

Michael Blake: [00:02:14] But we do know that just as in gravity, whatever goes up must come down. And so, having a business that is able to weather a downturn that may be somewhat prolonged is an important way to establish that company’s value. Because if it’ s only viable during good times, then by definition, you know that your runway is finite. So, I think everybody is going to find this a fascinating and useful topic.

Michael Blake: [00:02:39] And joining us today to talk about this by phone is Wes Gipe of Aileron, a management consulting firm at Tipp City, Ohio. Wes works with business owners and their teams of trusted facilitator, business advisor and coach. Known for his enthusiasm and high energy approach, Wes’ willingness to boldly approach tough issues and go the extra mile have gained him loyal clients who look to him for help with strategic planning, leadership, and culture development, and conflict resolution.

Michael Blake: [00:03:07] Wes started his journey as an Aileron client in 2008. So, I guess he’s like Victor Kiam. He liked the Razor so much; he bought the company. After applying Aileron’s professional management principles to build a self-managing company, he now spends much of his time helping other organizations, big and small, build a strategy that endures through. Through this work, he has logged over 9000 coaching hours as one in 500 individuals throughout North America and Europe. His work has been featured in Forbes as well as other national media outlets. Wes resides in Miami County, Ohio with his wife and three rambunctious boys. Wes, welcome to the program. And rambunctious and boys sounds kind of redundant, doesn’t it?

Wes Gipe: [00:03:47] It does. It’s a loud house.

Michael Blake: [00:03:48] Loud house and probably with with increasingly unbreakable things.

Wes Gipe: [00:03:57] Indeed. Indeed. We just—we’ll have nice things sometime in the future.

Michael Blake: [00:04:02] So let’s jump into it and let’s talk about, you know, when you talk about a recession proof business, what does that mean? What—and is any business truly recession proof?

Wes Gipe: [00:04:16] Well, you know, a mentor of mine said that there’s no normal environment, only the one that you’re in and the one that you should be preparing for. So, I think there’s no one who looks up and says, gosh, my business is just totally recession proof. And if you do, I would suggest you take stock of where you really are. But there are those who do a good job of recognizing that things will not always be as they are today, whether they’re experiencing good times or challenging ones. And there is still work to be done if they are to adequately prepare for that next environment. I don’t think it’s as much about a destination as it is a continual awareness of the weaknesses and the strengths of the businesses and a reaction to that.

Michael Blake: [00:05:00] So, when a business owner thinks about, let’s call it being recession ready.

Wes Gipe: [00:05:06] Yeah.

Michael Blake: [00:05:06] Does that mean for most business owners, surviving a recession, just sort of making it to the next expansion limiting the damage of a recession or maybe even in some cases thriving in a recession?

Wes Gipe: [00:05:19] Yeah, it’s a great question because—and I think the answer is somewhat subjective. I think it depends, which is, of course, any consultant’s best answer, it depends. There are certainly-

Michael Blake: [00:05:32] Talking about business code.

Wes Gipe: [00:05:33] Right, yeah. And so—but what the observation I’ll make is there are certainly kinds of businesses that take harder hits than others when the economy changes. I mean, for example, the automotive market responds very different than the healthcare market, but both respond at the end of the day.

Wes Gipe: [00:05:52] And the good news is in that reality that all of your competitors that are in the same space as you are experiencing the exact same thing. You can’t control it. What you do control, though, is what you do while you wait for those external factors to recover. I think there’s always opportunity in a recession because everything goes on sale. People go on sale. Property goes on sale. Equipment goes on sale. Services go on sale. Nearly everything can be had at a discount and sometimes a huge discount. So, the question becomes, you know, what should we and can’t—what can we and should we buy now? What should we invest in that would be difficult or expensive to buy during the recovery?

Michael Blake: [00:06:32] So why aren’t all businesses making those kinds of plans? I mean why doesn’t every business kind of have that mentality?

Wes Gipe: [00:06:42] Well, I think it’s interesting. Well, the first thing I might point out that comes to mind is that some businesses actually boom with a recession. You know, we don’t necessarily think that way, but quick service restaurants, for example, what we might call fast food, they generally will see revenue growth during a recession because people are re-prioritizing their dollars. They have less disposable income. That sort of thing. So, I think, it depends. In some cases, things are pretty good when things are going well and they’re great when things go south.

Wes Gipe: [00:07:20] But I think while there are certainly outliers like that, I think those who endure the greatest harm from recession are those who acted as if the good times would last forever. If you know what I mean. The killer in a recession is not necessarily revenue decline, but it’s a failure to build a cost structure that’s able to scale down as a revenue declines without compromising the core competency of the business. Cutting fat but not muscle, if you will. And that kind of planning, I would point out, is far easier to do and is done with far more clarity when the economy is strong. Those are way to plan that way until we start to see the turn and we have the stress of revenue decline. We have the stress of those difficult conversations with our people and with our customers are far more susceptible to emotional and therefore far more risky decision making.

Michael Blake: [00:08:15] You know, essentially, you bring up McDonald’s. You know that’s a classic example of an economist would call so-called inferior good, that when the economy is doing badly, that the customers switch from whatever higher end restaurants, which they used to dine, you know, to a fast food kind of place. And interestingly, I credited the ’08, ’09 recession with launching the electric vehicle market, because back then the notion that you could drive without having to fill your car with gas, that was extremely attractive. And as we’ve emerged from that recession, you know, environmental concerns, whether you believe or not, they’ve not changed. But what has changed is now you know I was concerned about filling up your Ford F-150 with 25 bucks of gas or 25 gallons of gas.

Wes Gipe: [00:09:03] Yeah, yeah, it is fascinating to me as well, because I think we all see—to some degree we’re programmed to see the downside to something that the media and economists would paint a really negative light. I would go so far as to say that economists exist so that weatherman can be proud of their profession. I don’t think that they know anything more about where our economy going—is going than a business owner that’s got his or her head—ear to the ground and head—looking out ahead.

Wes Gipe: [00:09:38] But there is some truth to that. There are opportunities created. The truth that is perhaps not as obvious when it’s happening but no less true is that there are real opportunities created during recessions. You know, I focused earlier on the cost control and investment in things when they go on sale. But the other reality is that the business opportunities are created. Interestingly enough, my own journey in 2008, when 2008 hit, I had a mentor that came to me and said, you know, what you need to do here is spend while others are scared. And it was sort of a different take on Warren Buffet’s perspective in his letter to the shareholders some years ago, where we would do well to be cautious when others are greedy and greedy when others are cautious or something to that effect.

Wes Gipe: [00:10:34] And you know, what was interesting is we took that advice. And fortunately, in my case, we had a number of outsiders that were committed to being part of a board of advisors. And so, they helped me to maintain a focus on investing wisely during that time. And what was fascinating is that customer account grew. Consistently, revenue shrunk. And so you start looking at those numbers and most of this with any sort of rational thinking ability would say this is a terrible situation. But what was also true is people were spending emotionally. And so, there was pent up demand that was being created, particularly in the businesses that I was in that had to be released eventually. And so, that wave of revenue came but it didn’t come for two years after we spent the money, the time, and the effort on capturing those customers while they were being ignored by our competitors.

Michael Blake: [00:11:32] Well, yes, because when your competitors retrench, right, they’re leaving a vacuum in the market. And you know, you’re right. If you have kind of that dry powder, there’s tremendous opportunity to capture market share, to capture mind share, frankly, and also attract great talent because not just the employment, unemployment being higher, but also, you know, don’t you want to work for the company that’s on offense? Playing defense stinks is why we admire teams that do it. Playing offense and scoring is always more fun. So, if you’re playing offense in a defensive environment, you know I think that tends to attract aggressive, more successful business people.

Wes Gipe: [00:12:12] Yeah, I think that’s true. I think it’s also true, though, that it is very difficult to endure two years of that and just trust that the wind is going to come. And I think that’s where I found the outside board to be tremendously helpful. People that weren’t emotionally attached to the decision making, people that were older, wiser, had seen a few more cycles like that than I had, I think that’s what gave me the confidence to continue on when it seemed like we had done this for a really long time and I’m just trusting that this is all going to work out. But in the end, it does, because you’re caring for customers in a way that maybe your competitors can’t.

Michael Blake: [00:12:53] So, you know, let’s talk about the good old recession. It’s hard for me to believe it’s been over 10 years now since Lehman Brothers collapse.

Wes Gipe: [00:13:01] I know right.

Michael Blake: [00:13:01] Seems like two days ago. But it sounds like you’re of the mind that you know companies can position themselves to be successful even in a recession that was pretty profound. Not just financially but I think from a psyche perspective.

Wes Gipe: [00:13:18] Yeah. Yeah. So, I think they can. I think they can. There are certainly—now, what I don’t want to discount is there are certainly industries that just got decimated with that recession and through no fault of their own. I mean, the best laid plans and there were industries that just got hit so hard that it was very, very difficult, if not impossible, to recover. But those really, if you step back and look at the full picture of the economy, those were really, in my opinion, the exception rather than the rule. Most of the folks—there was a prediction made here at Aileron, interestingly enough, when we were in the throes of like I’ll say early ’09. And that was that we believed that there would be more companies actually fail on the upswing or in the recovery than did in the recession itself.

Wes Gipe: [00:14:11] And the reason for that thinking was that most people cut bone. They cut too far out of fear and out of emotional decision making. Or perhaps they cut just a little further than they should, failed to cast a vision, and the real talent and the best customers get nervous and leave. And that is—we saw some version of that come true. I won’t say that was universally true but we did see some version of that come true that we saw a lot of people, if not fail outright, really suffer. And I’ll say grow in fits and spurts as a result of having to rebuild core infrastructure before they could even think about scaling the business to take advantage of the recovery. So, I do think all that to today, I do think there’s a tremendous opportunity when the chips are down to think rationally and in an intellectually honest way about the business and look for opportunities.

Michael Blake: [00:15:11] You know what? One industry that comes to mind that really took it on the chin and serves I think as a missing object lesson is the legal industry.

Wes Gipe: [00:15:21] Yeah.

Michael Blake: [00:15:21] You know. For the first time that anybody can remember, firms on mass are not just cutting staff. They were cutting partners and even equity partners.

Wes Gipe: [00:15:31] Yeah, right. Yeah, long time. Yeah.

Michael Blake: [00:15:31] They certainly (inaudible) bone. And what’s happened since then is the fundamental business of law has changed in that, you know, now there’s a recognition that every lawyer who’s an equity partner must be a revenue generator in a profit center. If you’re not, you’re just never going to be a partner that’s going to be cut the next recession in the first place. So what they’ve done is although they’ve de-emphasize a technician and that’s been a tough pill to swallow for the technician because that work is becoming commoditized, the business of law itself is probably more resilient to the next recession because their model now is able to scale up and down much more easily than it did 10 years ago.

Wes Gipe: [00:16:16] Yeah, yeah. Well, and I think—I mean that’s sort of what I was referring to when I said that—when I made the comment about the issue not being declining revenue but the inability to scale cost with that change in revenue. And, you know, I think in law firms, that’s a labor heavy model. It’s a model that needed innovating. And what’s interesting, I was just sitting here thinking, as you were talking about the law space, I was thinking about Thomas Friedman in The World is Flat. I think that book was written in roughly 2000, something like that.

Wes Gipe: [00:16:55] And it’s interesting to me that it’s only now becoming really, really true. You know, we’ve now seen real examples of what he was positing back in 2000 that, you know, if you’re the middle accountant that never has any contact with customers, you’re in real danger of finding yourself outsourced versus if you’re in the business of relationship management or something that’s much more difficult to outsource to a nameless, faceless entity somewhere else in the world, that your job is not only going to be secure, it’s going to actually grow in value. And I think that’s what we saw in that industry and we’ve seen it in a lot of industries otherwise as well.

Michael Blake: [00:17:37] So let’s start talking at a more micro level. You know, in your experience, what are typically—what are companies typically lacking that makes them more recession vulnerable? And why do they need help from somebody like you to help them remediate those issues?

Wes Gipe: [00:17:56] Well, I often say, you know, [indiscernible], here is a client. And what I got at Aileron that I was unable to get anywhere else was the truth. The objective, they’re hard, harsh truth. Someone to look me in the eye and really challenge my thinking, not—of course accountants are good for this. Attorneys are good for this. But there are limits to the truth that they’re going to give you. And candidly, there are limits to what the scope of the sort of issues that they’re going to typically approach.

Wes Gipe: [00:18:38] And so what I got here at Aileron was not a replacement for any of those things but really someone to look me in the eye and help me think about my business and the decisions that I was making in an intellectually honest way. And I think those who are lacking something that makes it difficult to recession proof themselves, most often what I see is they lack the ability to be intellectually honest. They lie. And that only comes in my experience with an outsider that only has your best interests at heart. And so that’s what I got here. I’ve had this distinct memory of leaning against a post in the cafe, downers, coffee and snacks. And my business adviser sort of looked me in the eye and he said, how much money are you willing to spend to prove that you’re right?

Michael Blake: [00:19:37] That’s a question. That certainly puts your cards on the table kind of question, isn’t it?

Wes Gipe: [00:19:43] Oh, wow. Right. And I remember thinking after I considered running out of the building, what—where else could I get that? You know, they’re one of the precious, precious things that you learn. One of the things that you learn is very precious as a leader is those few people whom you deeply respect that are willing to look you in the eye and challenge the best of, even the best of your ideas. And some do it. You know, sometimes some do it in a very direct way. They call the baby ugly. Other cases, I’ve had situations where people were really good at pointing out all the pretty babies around mine and by virtue of that, letting me draw my own conclusions.

Wes Gipe: [00:20:30] And—but the net of it is it’s the truth, right. And you look at someone like Blockbuster, right. Man, I mean I would love to have been a fly on the wall in that boardroom, in the conversations that must have unfolded as that whole model was changing around them and they just doubled down on what they had already done.

Michael Blake: [00:20:58] That quote or that conversation reminds me one of my favorite quotes from an economist, John Maynard Keynes, who’s one of the architects of modern economics and was also, in his own right, one of the fathers of modern investment management as well. And he said that the market can remain irrational longer than you can stay solvent.

Wes Gipe: [00:21:21] Oh, that’s profound.

Michael Blake: [00:21:22] Isn’t it though?

Wes Gipe: [00:21:23] That’s just profound, right. And in—the other thing that’s true about that, what I love about that is there is always margin. Regardless of the economic reality, there is always margin where there is mystery. Always.

Michael Blake: [00:21:43] Yes.

Wes Gipe: [00:21:43] And yet what we tend to do when things get uncertain is to control the things we can and just hunker down and make ourselves unique just like everybody else. And so that’s profound. I haven’t heard that quote before but I love it.

Michael Blake: [00:22:00] Well, I wish I had said it, but all I can do is parrot it too. But—so when we look at recession proofing or making companies recession resilient, in your experience, is that more often involve making maybe a small number of massive changes or maybe a larger number of smaller changes? Or is there some other way to kind of think about the scope and depth of change that needs to occur in order to achieve that recession resistant property?

Wes Gipe: [00:22:32] Yeah, yeah, I think it is, again, I’ll use my favorite answer, it depends. I think it is somewhat situational. But in more cases than not, the big changes are simply changes that should have happened in most cases a long time ago. And the only reason they’re evident now is because we’ve got no choice. You know, sales growth causes—it covers a multitude of sins. And you want to—and so when that stops, particularly high growth, when that revenue curve inverts or leveled off plateaus, since they weren’t visible before become visible very quickly.

Wes Gipe: [00:23:19] Businesses that we’re in that we have no business being in, lines of business or customer relationships that are just plain unprofitable. Some of those are really big decisions like we got to get out of the line of business. Some of those are—or even perhaps part ways with a large client that we thought was more profitable than they were. Many of them, though, are small decisions. So, I would say the majority, the big decisions are just decisions that I have to make and should have, you know, a year, five years or maybe even longer ago. And they’re only now visible.

Wes Gipe: [00:23:57] But the things—and those have to happen to stop the bleeding, to keep the company solvent, that sort of thing. The path to recovery, though, often is a series of very small, intentional, low risk experiments, all of which, if coordinated appropriately, add up to meaningful and sustainable change.

Michael Blake: [00:24:20] So, it sounds like that, you know, for the most part, the changes a company makes are not sort of one-time fixes, but there are things that need to be consistent. I guess the way to best describe it would be of a structural nature.

Wes Gipe: [00:24:35] Yeah.

Michael Blake: [00:24:36] That’s superficial and cosmetic, but they’re really fundamental to how the company does businesses or even makes decisions.

Wes Gipe: [00:24:43] Yes, certainly. And I think the, you know, because you’ll get a couple of big wins. I mean, with any recession, things will stand out. Revenue curve inverts, things will stand out that have never—that haven’t stood out in the face of revenue, you know, significant revenue growth. But the things that, you know, those come and go pretty quickly and you get the win. The things that keep on giving are the things that make a $500 a month difference here, and $100 a month difference there, and $70. I mean many times, it’s really a lot of really, really small things that add up to monumental differences.

Wes Gipe: [00:25:24] And I think that’s hard to—it’s hard to remain disciplined in looking for those things when the world around is crumbling. And that, again, is where I would just really encourage people to think about, well, how can I surround myself with people who are not as emotionally attached to this thing as I am?

Michael Blake: [00:25:45] So, it’s sort of seeing sort of a psycho-graphic profile sort of coalesce here that, you know, being able to be cold and calculating is kind of critical to making the right decision in a high stress environment. So, I guess, in retrospect, it makes sense. But like so many things, when you’re, kind of, in the weeds, you don’t necessarily see the entire picture.

Wes Gipe: [00:26:08] Yeah. Yeah.

Michael Blake: [00:26:09] So are there businesses and certain kinds of industries that are easier to make recession proof than others? You know, for example, I would imagine the companies that have high operating leverage really would struggle because like you said, they just can’t scale the way that, ultimately, you’d like to. They’re kind of built—they’re built entirely to capture upside.

Wes Gipe: [00:26:32] Yeah. You know, it’s interesting. But even in those scenarios, there is substantial opportunity if you’re willing to step back and think logically and rationally and think about all right, where’s the margin? Where’s the mystery? And therefore, there’s got to be margin there. And how can I leverage that margin? Even if it’s something I’d rather not do in the long term, how can I leverage that margin to cover that high fixed cost if you are high capital cost, depreciation cost?

Wes Gipe: [00:27:00] What do I got to do to make it work to get through the other side of this thing? So, an example I might give you is I worked for a number of years with one of the largest egg producers in the world, 15, 16 million chickens, which is hard to even get your head around to begin with. And every one of these things lays an egg every 26 hours. Things you don’t think about unless you’re in this business, right? And so that’s 15 million eggs a day that come whether you want them or not. And 90—or excuse me. I think it’s a high 70 percent, 80 percent of the cost of that egg is in feed but yet you’ve got animals. It is a very complex industry and it is a feast and famine industry. You know, you’ll make a killing one year and then you’ll just lose your shorts for a couple of years. It’s an industry that takes a tremendous amount of resilience to be in.

Wes Gipe: [00:27:58] And so if you’ll recall, some number of years ago, we had the avian influenza epidemic and so bird flu hits. I mean, it’s something it’s—totally beyond your control. You can’t cover every pan. If you get 15 million chickens, you can’t physically enclose them. And so, duck flies by, goose flies by with AI, with avian influenza, lands in a flock, infects that flock. That flock comes into contact with the other flock. And pretty soon, you can find yourself in a situation, in this case, they lost half of their production in a series of very short period, around a couple of months. So, we go from, all of a sudden, 15, 16 million chickens to 8, right. So, we got all this incredible capital overhead.

Wes Gipe: [00:28:50] Now, you don’t just run down to the true value and say, hey, I’d like to order eight million, you know, layers. That’s just not how that works, right. So, all of a sudden, now, we’ve got rid of what we got in a safe way. We’ve got to sanitize all these environments. Now we’ve got to think about where do we get eight million birds and very quickly, because the bills keep coming, regardless of whether we have eggs to pay for them or not. And very, very, very difficult time.

Wes Gipe: [00:29:21] Fascinating. This leader at one of the best I’ve come into contact with just refused to see that as anything other than an inconvenience. And as a result, for a period of time, they actually became a government contractor that went to their egg, cleaned up their own mess, you know, euthanize the birds, turned them into actually, you know, product, either fertilizers, some other product that was actually salable. And they did so for their competitors.

Wes Gipe: [00:29:53] So while their competitors were freaking out over what are we going to do, they had pivoted. And was it pretty? No. Was it difficult? Absolutely. Was it stressful? It was ridiculously stressful. But you know what? They didn’t lay anybody off. And so, after they got over the hump, gotten, you know, they contracted with somebody to raise eight million more birds and got things cleaned up, they were back at it before their competitors were. So, they saw—again, they just refused to look at that as anything other than an inconvenience. It’s a factor. It’s not an excuse. And I think it’s that mindset, you know, that makes someone recession proof or recession resilient rather than any one thing that you can do.

Michael Blake: [00:30:40] So, you know, this segues nicely to the next question then, which is, I’m curious if you have a view, what’s harder about addressing or confronting a recession, knowing what to do or actually carrying it out?

Wes Gipe: [00:30:54] Yeah. Gosh. Yogi Bear, I love, gosh, I love that guy. If there’s somebody I could go back in history and beat, it would be—there’s a couple of people. I think him, Mark Twain, some other folks. But he famously quipped, you know, if you don’t know where you’re going, you’ll end up somewhere else. And so, I think they’re both hard. But if you don’t know what to do, chances are you’ll do something else. And the best time to decide what to do is not after the economy shift, it’s now. But I got to say, I think—I like to poke fun at economists, but I think there’s a fair consistency in the belief that the recession is not going to happen in the next three months.

Wes Gipe: [00:31:43] And I don’t think anybody believes it’s going to be on the order, the magnitude of 2008 barring some major world event or something to that effect. So, we’ve got some time. That’s the good news. And so, my incursion, we do something with that time. Don’t just sit here and think about it. You know, I think about even people like, oh, remember Captain Sully Sullenberger?

Michael Blake: [00:32:11] Sure.

Wes Gipe: [00:32:11] That guy saved 155 lives when he successfully landed a disabled plane on the Hudson. And I’ll guarantee you that he did not wait until that bird strike to start planning for the emergency. He already knew what to do. It’s just a matter of remaining calm and executing a plan. He had practiced that over and over and over and over. What are the chances that you lose two jet engines with some of the most reliable machines in the world that have ever been invented? You lose two of them that soon after takeoff, but nonetheless, remain disciplined. All right. No normal environment, there’s one I’m in, there’s one I should be preparing for. And he knew in that phase of flight that he should be preparing for that reality. So, he knew what to do. It’s just a matter of remaining calm executing the plan. And in keeping with that analogy, the best possible scenario if people listen to this podcast and don’t need it, right, they know what to do and they never even have to do it.

Michael Blake: [00:33:09] So, you know, I’m glad you brought up kind of this time because there’s a growing belief that a recession is likely between now and the end of next year. And so, you know, if that’s the case and let’s say I’m listening to this podcast and I’m convinced that A, recession proof is feasible and B, it’s something I should do. Is there enough time to do things and execute them for most businesses that, you know, can make a difference? Or do they kind of have to wait until the recession after that to really gain benefit?

Wes Gipe: [00:33:38] Oh, I absolutely think there’s plenty of time. And again, barring, you know, something major happening, some world event, or something that just wasn’t on the radar. I think there’s more than enough time, you know. And if you want to start to think that way, just take some real disciplined time, time that we would probably argue in this employment environment and just how hard it is to operate right now that we don’t have and model a scenario where you lose 20, 30, 40 percent of your revenue in a short time.

Wes Gipe: [00:34:10] Model that avian influenza, you know, your version of that avian influenza plan, could you survive? Would you still make money? If not, why not? And those questions are a great place to start, both to identify, as we were talking about earlier, you know, the big one hit things that might be really painful but, gosh, they provide a lot of, you know, a lot of benefit as well as you have a list of prioritized items that we would do. Again, all of which we might not enjoy, but build on those plans. Now, I think if you just model some sort of revenue correction that will reveal, start to reveal where you should start, I don’t think it has to be any more complicated than that.

Wes Gipe: [00:34:54] Because I will say—I’ll go there for just a second. I see people that get fixated and driven by fear. And I would just offer that that’s counterproductive. There’s these plans that I’m talking about, you know, as you build plans for what you might do in the case of emergency are, you know, a matter of a page or two or three maybe. We’re not talking about some, you know, a full execution manual or anything to that effect just because the reality around us is changing all the time. And so, if you try to make this too precise, chances are, you know, it will just end in frustration.

Michael Blake: [00:35:44] So let me ask this, just one or two more questions and we’ll let you get back to what you’re doing.

Wes Gipe: [00:35:50] Sure.

Michael Blake: [00:35:50] But can recessions offer kind of an—I guess we kind of talked about this a little bit, but I want to hit upon it because that fear that you talked about, I think is really important to master because I’ve read that people’s decision making, their effective IQ, decreases by as much as 30 percent when they’re in a state of fear, right, as they react to crisis. I don’t know if you read anything similar to that, but the benefit of having some sort of recession proofing is I think that it puts you in a place where more intelligent decision making can take place because your fear is kind of amped out a little bit. Does that make any sense to you or am I all whacked?

Wes Gipe: [00:36:33] No. No. I think I’ve read similar things. I hadn’t read that specific statistic, but it makes total sense given, you know, how I’ve seen some of the clients here. They don’t even respond to what I refer to as industry specific recessions that I’ve seen the last five or six years. And it is really interesting. The ability to think rationally is severely hampered by stress, uncertainty, fear, uncertainty, doubt.

Wes Gipe: [00:37:04] And that’s why I think there’s always opportunity. Shoot. We’ve got the bank coming at us. I happen to still remain a partner in the company that I founded back in 1997 and the bank recently said we’d like you to borrow some money and buy a business. And I said, you’ve got to be out of your mind. I mean, why on earth what—there are people demanding multiples as high as 50, 60, 70 percent higher than is even rational right now and you want me to borrow money from you likely based upon some sort of revenue model that makes absolutely no sense. Yes, you’re crazy.

Michael Blake: [00:37:50] What I’d rather do is—what conversations do we have—need to be having now so that when our financials don’t look as strong, when the outlook doesn’t look as rosy this year, as willing then to give me the money as you are now, what sort of indicators do you need to have from me to show you that we’re being responsible while we do have capital and access to capital so that you’ll trust that we’ll be as responsible or more so when the real opportunity exists?

Wes Gipe: [00:38:23] And so there are people around us making noise and all kinds of very candidly unhelpful—pushing us in unhelpful directions. And I think it comes down to, again, outside influence, whether it’s a board of advisors, whether it’s people that you rely on. And it can be people like your accountant—that aren’t—I mean, don’t discount that. You know, people that you may already be in conversations with. It’s just a matter of slowing down and asking them for real feedback, real and honest feedback, because that’s the intellectual honesty that will ultimately reveal the opportunities that exist.

Michael Blake: [00:39:05] Well, Wes, this has been great. And I realize that I’m probably one of your last to do things of the week here so I want to wrap up. But I do want to give some direction or some opportunity for our listeners to maybe follow up. If someone wants to talk to you about maybe making their business a bit more recession proof and have that conversation, what’s the best way for them to reach out to you?

Wes Gipe: [00:39:27] Yes. So, our website is www.aileron. That’s A-I-L-E-R-O-N.org, aileron.org. And if you just search discover session, we—actually business advisors or team members from our staff will actually sit down with a business owner and help explore where they are. And we’re not a fit for everyone but that’s the goal of that initial meeting. It’s just to sit down, ask a bunch of questions, learn about where they are, and connect them with anything here that they might find helpful. So, it’s been a delight and a pleasure to be a part of the program today. Thank you very much.

Michael Blake: [00:40:07] Well, thank you for coming on. And that’s going to wrap it up for today’s program. I’d like to thank Wes Gipe so much for joining us and sharing his expertise with us today. We’ll be exploring a new topic each week. So, please tune in so that when you’re faced with your next business decision, you have clear vision when making it. If you enjoy this podcast, please consider leaving a review of your favorite podcast aggregator. It helps people find us so that we can help them. Once again, this is Mike Blake. Our sponsor is Brady Ware & company. And this has been the Decision Vision podcast.

Tagged With: CPa, CPA firm, cutting expenses, Dayton accounting, Dayton business advisory, Dayton CPA, Dayton CPA firm, Decision Vision, economic recession, economic recovery, Michael Blake, Mike Blake, recession, recession proof, recession resistant, revenue decline, Wes Gipe

Decision Vision Episode 35: Should I Hire a Business Development Coach? – An Interview with Rod Burkert, Burkert Valuation Advisors

October 10, 2019 by John Ray

Decision Vision
Decision Vision
Decision Vision Episode 35: Should I Hire a Business Development Coach? – An Interview with Rod Burkert, Burkert Valuation Advisors
Loading
00:00 /
RSS Feed
Share
Link
Embed

Download file

Mike Blake and Rod Burkert

Decision Vision Episode 35: Should I Hire a Business Development Coach? – An Interview with Rod Burkert, Burkert Valuation Advisors

Why should I hire a business development coach? What are the most important aspects of marketing my professional services? In this interview with “Decision Vision” host Mike Blake, Rod Burkert of Burkert Valuation Advisors answers these questions and much more. “Decision Vision” is presented by Brady Ware & Company.

Rod Burkert, Burkert Valuation Advisors

Rod Burkert, CPA, CVA, and his wife, Amy Burkert, CPA, CFA, with their dogs Buster, left, and Ty, stand in front of the RV that serves as their mobile office and their home.

Rod Burkert is the Founder and President of Burkert Valuation Advisors.

In one way, shape, or form, Rod has performed valuations since the late 1980s. In July 2000, he started Burkert Valuation Advisors in Philadelphia where he ran a “traditional” valuation practice for 10 years that focused on tax purpose valuations for manufacturers and distributors.

Based on that experience, in 2013 Rod began coaching BVFLS (business valuation and forensic legal services) professionals to mentor them in the marketing and positioning skills they need.

In March 2010, he began traveling full time throughout the US and Canada in an RV with his wife and dogs. Today his mobile consulting firm includes his valuation practice and a coaching business, all of which he built by leveraging his professional network, social media, and hiring virtual assistants to make the available technology work for him.

For more information, you can email him directly, go to his website, or you can find him on LinkedIn.

Michael Blake, Brady Ware & Company

Mike Blake, Host of “Decision Vision”

Michael Blake is Host of the “Decision Vision” podcast series and a Director of Brady Ware & Company. Mike specializes in the valuation of intellectual property-driven firms, such as software firms, aerospace firms and professional services firms, most frequently in the capacity as a transaction advisor, helping clients obtain great outcomes from complex transaction opportunities. He is also a specialist in the appraisal of intellectual properties as stand-alone assets, such as software, trade secrets, and patents.

Mike has been a full-time business appraiser for 13 years with public accounting firms, boutique business appraisal firms, and an owner of his own firm. Prior to that, he spent 8 years in venture capital and investment banking, including transactions in the U.S., Israel, Russia, Ukraine, and Belarus.

Brady Ware & Company

Brady Ware & Company is a regional full-service accounting and advisory firm which helps businesses and entrepreneurs make visions a reality. Brady Ware services clients nationally from its offices in Alpharetta, GA; Columbus and Dayton, OH; and Richmond, IN. The firm is growth minded, committed to the regions in which they operate, and most importantly, they make significant investments in their people and service offerings to meet the changing financial needs of those they are privileged to serve. The firm is dedicated to providing results that make a difference for its clients.

Decision Vision Podcast Series

“Decision Vision” is a podcast covering topics and issues facing small business owners and connecting them with solutions from leading experts. This series is presented by Brady Ware & Company. If you are a decision maker for a small business, we’d love to hear from you. Contact us at decisionvision@bradyware.com and make sure to listen to every Thursday to the “Decision Vision” podcast. Past episodes of “Decision Vision” can be found here. “Decision Vision” is produced and broadcast by the North Fulton studio of Business RadioX®.

Visit Brady Ware & Company on social media:

LinkedIn:  https://www.linkedin.com/company/brady-ware/

Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/bradywareCPAs/

Twitter: https://twitter.com/BradyWare

Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/bradywarecompany/

Show Transcript

Intro: [00:00:02] Welcome to Decision Vision, a podcast series focusing on critical business decisions, brought to you by Brady Ware & Company. Brady Ware is a regional, full-service, accounting and advisory firm that helps businesses and entrepreneurs make vision a reality.

Michael Blake: [00:00:20] And welcome to Decision Vision, a podcast giving you, the listener, clear vision to make great decisions. In each episode, we discuss the process of decision making on a different topic. Rather than making recommendations because everyone’s circumstances are different, we talk to subject matter experts on how they would recommend thinking about that decision.

Michael Blake: [00:00:39] My name is Mike Blake, and I’m your host for today’s program. I’m a Director at Brady Ware & Company, a full-service accounting firm based in Dayton, Ohio, with offices in Dayton; Columbus, Ohio; Richmond, Indiana; and Alpharetta, Georgia, which is where we are recording today. Brady Ware is sponsoring this podcast. If you like this podcast, please subscribe on your favorite podcast aggregator, and please also consider leaving a review of the podcast as well.

Michael Blake: [00:01:03] So, our topic today is, should I hire a business development coach? And I’ve picked this topic because, as most of you know, I’m a shareholder inside an accounting firm. And one of the hard—one of the struggles that almost every accounting firm faces is, how do we motivate people to develop business? How do we train people to develop business? Because at the end of the day, in the 21st Century economy, it’s all well and good to be a great technician, but if all you have in a firm is technicians, it’s like trying to win a baseball game with great pitching only, you wind up having zero to zero. And you can’t win that way. So, you’ve got to have people and a culture that drives the ability to generate revenue. And the accounting industry, in particular, is not one that is necessarily known for its outgoing, gregarious nature. And so, that’s a particular area that that we focus on.

Michael Blake: [00:02:08] And, for me, as a leader of a valuation and strategic advisory practice, at least 70% of what I do has something to do with business development. And I can tell you that the things on the mind of our partners all the time is, how do we get people excited, and not just excited, but also trained to generate revenue? Because it’s not fair to send a bunch of kids out there, or sometimes not kids say, you know, “Go back, get us some business. Go get them.” That’s not going to produce an outcome, except for the occasional outlier. There needs to be an important support system for that.

Michael Blake: [00:02:46] And I say this is not somebody to whom sales necessarily comes naturally. When I started my career in investment banking, I was the clock guy. I was the guy they locked into a room, and shoved in front of a spreadsheet, and left them with the textbooks, and just made sure it never ever got in front of the client because that was my role. We had other people that were much more comfortable than I. And then, over a number of years, working with coaches, including Rod, for a time, I’ve managed to become slightly below average, which doesn’t sound a lot, except when you understand the disaster I was when I started. And, actually, it’s quite a long way.

Michael Blake: [00:03:25] And joining us today by phone is is Rod Burkert, who is, I think, the best in the business when it comes to this kind of topic in the business valuation arena. And I’m proud to say that I was actually a client of his when I had my own practice for a little bit under a year, and I fired him for the best reason possible, is that I was generating so much business, I could not handle all of it. I had to turn off basically. And I give him a lot of credit for that, as well as another coach sort of earlier in my career. And I can’t think of a better endorsement than that. And it happens to be true.

Michael Blake: [00:04:03] But Rod is the founder of Burkert Valuation Advisors, a business valuation and litigation support firm. His assignments focus primarily on income, gift, and estate matters, specializing in closely held companies and private investment partnerships. He also provides report, review, and project consulting services to assist attorneys and other practitioners with their engagements between 1996 and 2025. Rod was a member of an elite instructor for the National Association of Certified Valuation Analysts – just rolls off the tongue – Consultants Training Institute. Missing the classroom environment, he rejoined the NACVA’s teaching circuit in 2011, championing the subject of Report Writing, another topic near and dear to my heart.

Michael Blake: [00:04:42] He is a recipient of various instructor awards, including the Circle of Light and Instructor of the Year. He is a past chairman of NACVA’s executive advisory board and education board, and has been named one of NACVA’s outstanding members. He is also a regular contributing author to Business Valuation Update, the Value Examiner, and Financial Valuation and Litigation Expert. If you’re not in valuation, you don’t know what those are, but those are basically the Sports Illustrated of the Valuation World, the New York Times of the valuation world. Rod is leveraging social media to build a mobile valuation consulting practice, allowing him to travel full time in an RV throughout the United States and Canada with his wife, Amy, and their two dogs. And Rob, thank you for taking time off the road to talk to us today.

Rod Burkert: [00:05:26] Hey, thanks, Mike, for having me. I appreciate it. I—gosh, until you read my bio, I didn’t realize how much I’ve done, but it sure sounds like a lot, doesn’t it?

Michael Blake: [00:05:38] Well, as I tell people, one of the benefits I see for myself having gray in my beard and two arthritic ankles is, at least, when you look behind in the rearview mirror, there’s some interesting stuff.

Rod Burkert: [00:05:49] Exactly, exactly.

Michael Blake: [00:05:51] So, you started out, I think, as did I, as a practitioner, giving out the work. Why did you decide that you’re going to develop, if you will, this persona or this new vocation of practice development training?

Rod Burkert: [00:06:13] Well, one of the things that you said in the beginning kind of struck me as pretty close to home is back in the day, when I started doing valuations, if someone said to me, “Describe your ideal day,” I would have said, “Sitting in front of a computer building an Excel model to help a client accomplish some—you know, or solve a valuation problem.” So, I was very much the nerd sitting in front of a computer as well, but I had my own practice, and I had to bring in work in order to build those kinds of models.

Rod Burkert: [00:06:50] And so, I’m kind of an outgoing person. I don’t mind getting out there. And I actually found that the more I did it, the more I enjoyed it. And then, I turned 60. So, I’m 63 now, but when I turned 60, I’m thinking my health is really good, I’m having a great time, I’m not thinking about retiring, I’ve got a long road ahead of me, and I have an opportunity really to embark on a second career. And for me, that second career piggybacked on what I know and what I do best, which is doing business valuation work. But instead of doing the work, I’m actually, as you said, helping people get the work because there is a lot of information out there that’s of a very technical nature. It tells us how to do the work, but nobody tells us how to get the work.

Rod Burkert: [00:07:47] And the last piece of why I’m doing what I’m doing, as you mentioned in the introduction two days ago, my wife and I officially crossed 9.5 years that we have lived full time in our RV, traveling throughout the United States and Canada with our two dogs. There’s no home. There’s no storage facility. Everything is in the RV. And I want to give that RV equivalent experience to other people in our profession. So, I don’t expect everybody to think that they’re going to pull up stakes and live in an RV like Amy and I do. But rhetorically speaking, Michael, what is your RV equivalent experience? What is it that you would like to do in tandem or in parallel with the business valuation work that you do? And one of my—kind of one of my success stories is a client that I am working with, and he really had a previous life as a painter and an artist. And we’ve restructured her practice to give that life back to her again.

Michael Blake: [00:09:00] So-

Rod Burkert: [00:09:00] That’s why I’m doing this.

Michael Blake: [00:09:02] Okay. So, yeah. And obviously, you’re helping a lot of a lot of people with it. So, before we go, I’m going to define a term because what we’re going to be talking about here is business valuation because that just happens to be my world. But I want to emphasize that Rod, also, helps people that are in the forensic and litigation services area, which generally means expert witnesses. And that that’s not an area which I play in. I’m on record saying that’s not my strength, to put it mildly. But a lot of what Rod does is he works with professionals like that as well.

Michael Blake: [00:09:38] So, when I say business valuation, because I don’t want to say that entire mouthful each and every single time, just imagine to yourself out in the audience that we’re also talking about forensic and litigation services. So, with that in mind, the question then is, can anyone do this? Can literally anyone who decides that, for whatever reason, for career development, or for survival, because they’ve got to eat, and they’ve got this practice, can anyone develop a business valuation practice?

Rod Burkert: [00:10:11] I think, to an extent, the answer to that question is yes with a huge but caveat. And that caveat is simply this, it’s that you have to be willing to keep showing up to try new things and always keep moving forward. And I think that’s the problem with many people in our profession. They don’t have that dedication to the consistency and persistency that’s required for the marketing that you need to build a practice.

Rod Burkert: [00:10:46] So, one of my coaching clients coined a really cool term. He’s been accused by his friends and colleagues of dolphin marketing. And what is dolphin marketing? Well, dolphin marketing is when you need work because everything in the pipeline is done, you come up for air, you breach out of the water, you grab a few new clients, and then you disappear under water, and nobody hears from you again until you need more work. That’s dolphin marketing.

Rod Burkert: [00:11:18] Anyone in our industry who we might call an industry titan, the seasoned professional, will tell you that you need to be out there marketing, if not every day, at least every week. And I think, given some of the mentality in our profession, we don’t want to do that. We convince ourselves—to me, we convince ourselves, “I’m a person that was never good in math,” and I had convinced myself that I will never be good in math. When actually, it’s a learned skill like anything else that we do. You can learn to be good in math, and you can learn to be good in marketing and practice development if you don’t talk yourself out of it.

Michael Blake: [00:12:05] What you talk about resonates with me. A podcast to which I listen fairly frequently is the Rosen Institute. You might have heard of it.

Rod Burkert: [00:12:14] Oh, yes.

Michael Blake: [00:12:15] Yeah. I mean, Lee Rosen is very much a kindred spirit of yours, except he goes global. And one of the things he says is that almost any marketing activity you do will be successful as long as you stick with it, and you’re consistent.

Rod Burkert: [00:12:31] And yes, I agree with that. And related to that, Michael. You have to like it. I mean, one of the things is what works for others may not work for you. And what works for you may not work for others. But the important thing is to play to your strengths. I would never advise a coaching client that they need to be out there speaking constantly if they didn’t really like speaking, or writing, or doing videos, or anything like that. You have to pick a marketing skill that you are halfway good at, so that you can learn to get better and enjoy doing or else, you won’t stick with it. And that goes back to being consistent and persistent.

Michael Blake: [00:13:14] So, why isn’t just being a great technician good enough? I mean, the little voice in my head that says the world in America is a meritocracy. Tell us. And maybe this is a rationalization that the marketing and sales are just fluff, but I’m a professional of substance, and I’m really good at the business valuation, et cetera, world. Why is that not good enough?

Rod Burkert: [00:13:39] Yeah. I mean, I used to think being a technician would be good enough. And then, I read Dale Carnegie’s book, How to Win Friends and Influence People. That book was written back in the 1930s. So, 80 some years ago, Dale Carnegie had this observation about the finance, about the success of the people that he was coaching. And he says, basically, it’s by observation that if you look at anyone who has achieved some level of financial success, 15% of that success is due to technical skills, and 85% of it would be due to what we would call today people engineering skills, the soft skills like good listening, having empathy, being patient. That has—I think, many times, we gravitate to somebody who can capture our imagination and tell us what they can do for us without, actually, supplying the mathematical solution for what they can do for us.

Michael Blake: [00:14:56] Now, sales, for people who don’t do it, and for me, I surprisingly found to my to my astonishment, really, that I get a big endorphin rush from it, but not everybody does. And some people—I think a lot of people still look at sales with a certain amount of apprehension, even dread. And I’m sure it comes across people’s minds, “Maybe I could just hire a salesperson or maybe partner up with a salesperson.” Is that. Is that a model that could work for a small firm, or is that just sort of putting a Band-Aid on a gunshot wound?

Rod Burkert: [00:15:32] Well, there are firms out there, even in our business valuation space, that have a team of salespeople only. They do not do valuation, or forensic accounting, or litigation services work at all. They go out and their job is to sell the work. And they have built an incredibly successful practice. I think they are five or six offices. They’ve been around for like 80 years, and they have used that model to some success.

Rod Burkert: [00:16:09] Rhetorically speaking, though, if you’re the prospect, at that point, because you haven’t signed on, this isn’t a widget that we’re selling. We’re selling a solution to an acute problem that could be the death of a family member, and their interest in the business needs to be valued for estate tax purposes. It could be the sale of your business, something that you’ve built over the course of your lifetime. And now, it represents the largest asset that you own. When it comes to interviewing somebody that’s going to help you solve that problem, do you want to meet somebody who’s selling the solution or somebody who is going to be preparing this solution?

Rod Burkert: [00:16:56] So, I’m not saying that the sales model where you’re wanting to hire somebody to outsource the sales piece of your practice development won’t work. But I think where we really fail most often is the people that do the work that we do, we don’t put ourselves in the shoes of the client. And how would we feel if we were going to have our problems solved by a salesperson as opposed to a person that’s going to actually do the work?

Rod Burkert: [00:17:27] You go to a doctor, there’s no salesman selling you the procedure that you need to have performed. There is the doctor that’s telling you the what, the why, and the how that this procedure needs to be performed. And I think with a professional service like ours, to me, prospects and clients want to meet with the person that’s going to be doing the work, not the person that’s just going to be selling the work.

Michael Blake: [00:17:57] Now, one of the objections, I’m sure, you face, and I certainly see with somebody who is confronted with the need to develop a business development mentality and business development practice, if you will, is a lack of time. I don’t have time to sit. I don’t have time to do X, Y and Z. And I’m curious, I would imagine that—I know this for a fact, as I’ve been a client of yours, is that it’s not a free ride to kind of jump on board the Rod Burkert training and become a coaching client, is it? I mean, there’s a there’s a time commitment and not just inside of school, if you will, but outside as well to prepare and build those skills, and build those business development muscle, isn’t there?

Rod Burkert: [00:18:45] There is. And I think, a big factor in all of this in what you said, Michael, is really how—first of all, well, how successful of a practice do you want? What does success mean to you? Because there are some people, you and I both know them, that have a successful practice simply by sitting in their office and aggressively waiting for the phone to ring. That’s a term that I used in coaching with you. And they are perfectly happy with that. They’ll never make high six figures doing that or it would be unusual to think that they could, but if they’re making a low six figure billing revenue and however you want to look at it, that may be all they need, and they’re not going to invest time with a coach like me.

Rod Burkert: [00:19:38] And on the other hand, there are people who want more for different reasons. And they’re not just necessarily saying more income. I’m saying more time, more money, more freedom. You have to put some systems in place to realize those things. And that’s what I would like to think that my coaching helps people do, not just more money but more money with more time and more freedom to use that money to, again, have that RV-equivalent experience.

Michael Blake: [00:20:12] And one of the time investment required by a coaching client of yours, let’s say, in a given week? How many hours do they expect to invest in their education that’s being led by you?

Rod Burkert: [00:20:25] I would say that there is a ramp up. In the beginning, it may be a few hours a week tailoring down. I mean, there’s two things, if you can bear with me here, Michael. Number one is it depends on when you come to me, how much authority, how much awareness that you have because there are people in the profession that don’t do marketing per se. They’re not out there networking like we think that they might do. Their networking is speaking and writing. And so, for them, they’re not investing any time in marketing, again, per se. They’re just doing what they like to do, which is speaking and writing.

Rod Burkert: [00:21:07] The other part of what this is, of what I teach, is something that you should be doing anyhow to build your practice. Let me give you a great example. I’m at a speaking event, someone says to me, “I’m a tax person. I would love to get a valuation practice up and running. And I just don’t—but I just don’t have the time.” And I was kind of blunt, and that’s my style. And my first question out of my mouth was, how much television do you watch a week? And he was all proud of the fact that he was a Cubs fan, and that during baseball season, he’s watching every game somehow streaming on television. And I said, “So, to me, an average baseball game is like three hours a week, three hours a game. And you’re watching multiple games a week. And now, you want to tell me that you don’t have time for marketing.”

Rod Burkert: [00:22:02] So, that enters into it as well. Meaning, how badly do you want this? Do you just want to gripe about your situation, or do you actually want to take time from other activities that really don’t contribute any value to get you to where you say you want to end up, and invest it in coaching time, and learning how to market and build a practice?

Michael Blake: [00:22:30] I remember reading that story. You put it on your mailings, at least, once. And it’s—yeah, it is a great story. And television is one of styles, sort of, t sucks too. You don’t realize how much time has gone until you—sometimes, you do wake up, but you look up, and you say, “Oh, my gosh. My whole evening is gone. I could have written an entire article in the four hours I just spent watching that TV.”.

Rod Burkert: [00:22:57] Right.

Michael Blake: [00:23:00] So-

Rod Burkert: [00:23:00] And if I can say, one of the last things—well, one of the things that I teach people is how to automate certain processes. Now, I don’t have a sales system or anything like that. But given what I know, given what I can teach people about platforms like Facebook and LinkedIn, there is a way to automate your connection requests. There’s a way to automate your scripts and use conversations on LinkedIn Messenger or Facebook Messenger to make it seem like you’re actually having a conversation until you get to the point where you find out that the person really does want to buy from you whatever they’re buying, and you take that conversation offline, and have—and call them, reach out, and phone, and have them have that real discussion.

Rod Burkert: [00:23:51] But there’s a lot of automation that can go on at the front end that you don’t have to be sitting at your computer to do or it happens for you. You’ve got to invest the time to set the system up. But man, once it’s running, it really works.

Michael Blake: [00:24:09] So, what about the duration of an optimal coaching relationship?

Rod Burkert: [00:24:14] And I’m supposing some of them may not be true. So, I’m likely going to learn something, but contrast with, say, a therapist, where—and I think part of what you do is therapy, good therapy, but there are some people that have lifelong relationships, or certainly years or decades-long relationships with therapists, is there ever a point in a coaching program such as the one that you run where your clients graduate, or is this something that you think that it’s a long term, maybe ideally a semi-permanent commitment to that relationship?

Rod Burkert: [00:24:51] Yeah, good question. And tongue in cheek, I think you stay with a coach as long as the return on investment is greater than or equal to the investment. And I think what really pivots people here is that our average engagement could be anywhere from at the really low end if you’re competing on the basis of price, maybe you’re doing work for $5000. But our engagements could easily go up to $25,000, $30,000, $50,000. $100,000 if you’re doing litigation support work, and it’s a big case. I mean, that happens.

Rod Burkert: [00:25:29] So, if I can teach you something that helps you get those kinds of—that kind of case work at those kinds of fees, and let’s say my coaching is $10,000 for an entire year, or that’s what it comes out to, because it’s close to that, but I’m helping you get three, four, five engagements at a multiple of $10,000, or $15,000, or $20,000 that you would not have otherwise gotten as a result of the coaching. Why wouldn’t you stick with me or any other coach, for that matter, that can help you develop that kind of a return on your investment?

Michael Blake: [00:26:08] Well, okay. So, yeah. So, there you go. So, I’d like to jog down to that a little bit because we’ve talked about the skill set that you help your clients acquire. And that’s a big part of what you’re offering. But my sense, also, is that’s for some people, you’re also just offering an accountability partner, so that people do, in fact, stay engaged, they stay motivated, they stay on task. (A), is that a fair characterization? And (B), if you had to guess, in many cases, is that accountability contribution even of equal value to the technique and skills contribution that you make?

Rod Burkert: [00:26:52] Yeah, it’s interesting that you put it that way, Michael, because if you think about it, we know – we know what we need to do to be successful because what it takes to be a success in an industry like ours hasn’t changed in generations. Quite frankly, it hasn’t changed in centuries. You get known for what you know by a combination of speaking and writing. And perhaps, in this day and age, video or podcasting. So, you see, you know what you should be doing. So, one of the big reasons people come to me is that accountability because they know that we’re going to have twice monthly meetings, and I’m going to ask them what progress that they’ve made towards the goals that they set for themselves to have the practice that they say that they want to have.

Rod Burkert: [00:27:48] So, accountability is a big thing. It’s not like I can’t teach you some things about, for example, something has come out in the last couple of weeks that has really changed the game about how people should be using LinkedIn. I can teach you that, but it doesn’t take away from the fact that you know you should be using LinkedIn in some way, shape, or form to help build your practice. Now, are you going to do it? Are you going to set aside 10 or 15 minutes every morning and every afternoon to use it? Well, that’s where accountability comes in because you know, as a coaching client, you’re going to have to report back to me about what you did and didn’t do in the last two weeks.

Michael Blake: [00:28:35] So, you’re a big proponent of your clients making themselves visible experts. And it’s important to note, there are there other marketing opportunities or channels available if you choose to. But you’re very much on the visible expert train. Why exactly is that as opposed to other potential marketing channels or approaches?

Rod Burkert: [00:28:59] A great question. And I think the answer is simple. If you put yourself—if we’re—if we put ourselves in the client’s shoes when we have a problem, we want a visible expert to solve it. I mean, if there’s something going on in your family, in your household, in your home, and it needs to be—and by that, it could be a medical emergency, all the way down to a plumbing emergency, do you want to call somebody that nobody has never heard of to solve your problem, or do you want to call somebody that you know of, or that your friends can highly recommend because they know that that person can successfully solve your problem? And I think we would agree with the latter. I mean, we want somebody who has solved our problem multiple times successfully.

Rod Burkert: [00:29:51] And the way you do that is to have—first of all, you have to have the skills and knowledge. So, you have to be an expert. You have to have expertise. But no one’s going to know about your expertise, or your authority, or what you’re known for if you don’t get out there because we need to be where the buyers of our services are when they need us. And so, if you’re not out there constantly priming the pump with speaking engagements, writing articles, again, whatever is your strength, doing videos, how’s anybody going to know to call you?

Michael Blake: [00:30:30] Well, yeah. That’s true. And, of course, as a presupposition, and I think an important one, that you don’t want to be a commodity. One thing you could do is the alternative, is you could adopt sort of a Yellow Pages model, put yourself in directories. Believe it or not, I actually do a case. I get an email from appraisers.org. I never landed a client or even came close, but at any rate—and you can sort of go that route, but by making yourself a visible expert, you are elevating yourself and making yourself, I think, a much more obvious fit to solve that problem too, right?

Rod Burkert: [00:31:06] Right.

Michael Blake: [00:31:07] So-

Rod Burkert: [00:31:08] Exactly.

Michael Blake: [00:31:09] I want to switch gears a little bit and talk about the the the nature of the coaching relationship itself. Somebody is looking for a coach like you, and they may have a view as to what an outcome, desirable outcome would be. Can you talk about what are some—what are realistic expectations of a coaching relationship? I’ll just have you talked about you because I don’t want you to speak for all other coaches, but what are realistic expectations of a relationship with you? And maybe what might be some unrealistic expectations somebody might have in a relationship with you?

Rod Burkert: [00:31:47] Sure. You’ve heard the expression, “You can lead a horse to water,” right?. And I think the an example of an unrealistic expectation and a coaching relationship is that me imparting knowledge to you is going to solve your problem because information is dramatically different than implementation. And the coaching client in any field is going to have to take the information from the coach and implement it. So, I can give you what you need to do. I can tell you why it’s important that you do that. And as a coaching client, I will even show you how to go about doing it. So, I will give you the what, the why, and the how. But if you don’t do anything with it, if you don’t do the work, if you don’t implement it, your situation is not going to change.

Rod Burkert: [00:32:47] You just may—you may learn more, you may be more knowledgeable, but if you don’t do anything, nothing’s going to change. If you don’t get out there on LinkedIn, if you don’t get out there and write, if you don’t get out there and speak, even though, again, you know these are the things you should be doing, nothing’s going to change. And quite frankly, Michael, when I see that happening in a coaching relationship, I will terminate the relationship because I’m not—I don’t want to take people’s money. If I see that they’re not implementing, we have a come-to-Jesus conversation, and I give them a little bit of time after that, and if they’re not working it, then I’m not helping them.

Michael Blake: [00:33:28] And look, I think, to be perfectly candid, too, it’s a self-defense mechanism for you as well. And I know how you coach in groups. So, if a person is not engaging, it means they’re not contributing to the other people who are, sort of, in your study group, if you will. And also—and I fired clients for similar things where I don’t want a client paying me, not taking my advice, have it not worked out, and then run around telling everybody what a moron I am because they didn’t take my advice.

Rod Burkert: [00:34:02] Right, exactly. I mean, there’s there is something in your reputation that you want to preserve out of all this too.

Michael Blake: [00:34:08] I think absolutely. What you talk about reminds me of a running joke my wife and I have. So, years and years ago, I used to be a tournament chess player. And one thing that my wife could always count on was whenever I came home from a tournament, I’d come home with, at least, three chess books. And they looked great, and they make you sound so smart. But there’s a problem with chess books, and this is the spoiler alert. They’re really boring to read. And so-

Rod Burkert: [00:34:38] I can imagine.

Michael Blake: [00:34:38] Right? They’re just not a page turner. Even though I was, in my day, a pretty strong player, they’re not boring. They look great on the shelf. And at some point, I had to stop stop myself from buying them because only in the books did not magically create this energy field that made me a stronger chess player. They just took up space on my bookshelf and made free space in my bank account.

Rod Burkert: [00:35:07] God. Yeah. Again, the difference between information and implementation.

Michael Blake: [00:35:14] So, one issue practices have, and I face this in mine, not urgently, but it’s something I think about a lot is training kind of the next generation. Many practices, as you know, sort of have a patriarch at the top of the practice, right? It could be Chris Mercer, who I know you have a good relationship. It could be Shannon Proud. It could be Jim Hitchner. And then, they have people that are working for them and are professionals in their own right. And all of those people know what it takes to build a successful and valuable firm, that if it’s going to have value, better not be entirely dependent on one person doing all the rainmaking. Do you think there’s a role for coaching in some capacity to help address the problem or the challenge of raising the next generation of visible experts? And if so, do you have any idea of what that may look like?

Rod Burkert: [00:36:16] Yes and yes. I think, to get to the heart of your question, it sounds like, well, is there a problem in training the next generation? And I think you’ve got to look at it from the origin of marketing. I mean, again, we came into this profession, Michael, many, many years ago, where there was no expectation that we needed the market. We were going to be those technicians and succeed solely on that basis. And then, things got tough.  We started to realize that if we really did want to get anywhere, we needed to do marketing.

Rod Burkert: [00:36:55] Just as a quick aside, I had a managing partner and accounting firm come to me when I was running a valuation practice in an accounting firm, comes into my office one day and says, “Damn it. The problem that I’m having is I can always find people to do the work. You can’t find people who can get the work.” And so, I suddenly realized, that was like a big aha moment for me that if I wanted to get anywhere, I needed to get the work. And so, begrudgingly, my generation – again, I said I was 63 at the top of the podcast – I happen to be what I consider a baby boomer trapped in a millennial body, or, I’m sorry, I’m a millennial trapped in a baby boomer body, the other way around. But we’ve begrudgingly learned these things that we have to do to bring in more work. We have to network. We have to have lunches, and breakfasts, and coffees with attorneys. We have to do it this way.

Rod Burkert: [00:37:54] And that patriarch at the top of the firm is saying to the younger generation, “This is how you have to do it,” and it doesn’t work that way because generations change. And the patriarch grew up with a certain generation of colleagues and referral sources for which networking events, for example, worked for them. But I hate to even say the millennial generation because it sounds like we’re maligning them, but I don’t mean to, they’re growing up with a cohort of similar-minded people who saw the damage of being away from your family all the time create. So, going out and networking every night of the week is not something that you’re going to convince the millennials the right thing to do. They’ve grown up with all sorts of phone apps, and texting, and that is how they communicate with each other.

Rod Burkert: [00:38:54] And these millennials, if they’re professional service providers, they’re going to get work from attorney and CPA referral sources who are their own age, who grew up with the same technology, and have the same shared experience of wanting to be with family and wanting to do a good job. So, I think when there’s a breakdown between trying to train the younger generation, it’s because we’ve already approached the relationship that these people are lazy, and they spend too much time on their phones, and they don’t want to get out there, and we make them bad and wrong because we want them to do it our way.

Michael Blake: [00:39:37] Yeah. And darn it, we want them to pair the same horrible price we had to pay, regardless how much sense it makes.

Rod Burkert: [00:39:43] Exactly. I mean, think about it the other way around. What if patriarchal generation grew up with texting as a way to bring in new work, but the younger generation didn’t like that? They don’t like texting. They want to have real conversations with people. They want to go out and meet them in person. They want to go to networking events. Would we, the older generation, be yelling at millennials if they didn’t want to stop texting to get business, and instead wanted to go out and do networking events? Would we be yelling at them because they want to do networking and not rely on something more technology related?

Michael Blake: [00:40:23] Yeah, and I see that. I see that in my practice because, as you know, I do a lot of work in the tech space. So, my demographic tends to skew a little bit younger. And I’ve actually not met about half of my clients in person, and it doesn’t matter, right? Even if I did a site visit, I wouldn’t even see servers anymore. I would see a bunch of Macbooks, and iPads, and a couple of conference rooms. If, they might even be in a coworking space. But they’ll respond to a text, they’ll respond to a tweet. I can read some through Instagram. And as you have often said, in a way, that millennial generation has it right because if you think about the investment you have to make, meeting one person at a time, breakfast, lunch, drinks, whatever it is, right, in the time you spend doing that over the course of a month, you could have reached 100,000 people over social media.

Rod Burkert: [00:41:19] Several times. Several times over. That’s exactly right. And just try and say, “Hey, we don’t care so much.” What we’re really saying as the patriarch, we don’t care about the results as much as we care about your methodology.

Michael Blake: [00:41:38] Right.

Rod Burkert: [00:41:38] And I think that’s wrong.

Michael Blake: [00:41:39] Yeah. Clearly wrong, right? That is just—that’s no longer a business solution. That’s a psychological issue.

Rod Burkert: [00:41:47] Right.

Michael Blake: [00:41:48] So-

Rod Burkert: [00:41:49] Again, like you said, we want those people to pay the same price that we had to.

Michael Blake: [00:41:54] That’s right. So, you obviously coach this business valuation forensic area, I think, exclusively. Do these—could these principles—again, could these principles apply in other industries? Law? Digital marketing? Management consulting? Could they be applicable anywhere, or are they strictly useful only and in the field that we’ve chosen?

Rod Burkert: [00:42:21] I think that what I do is applicable to other fields, but  you know from working with me, I’m a big fan of niching. So, I’ve got this minimum viable audience of business appraisers. So, I would be violating my own philosophy of niching if I try to go out and proselytize about how to develop an accounting practice or a law practice. I just—I’m not saying it couldn’t work, but I don’t think I’d have any authority or credibility because I’ve never built an accounting practice, or I’ve never built a law practice, but what I have built a couple of times over different iterations is a business valuation practice. I know what my clients are up against. I know how things are changing because I still run a traditional valuation practice. And I think it gives me the authority and credibility to do and to talk about what I do for similarly situated professionals. I’d have no idea. I wouldn’t really know where an accountant is coming from. I mean, I sort of would, but you get what I’m trying to say.

Michael Blake: [00:43:32] Yeah, sure, sure. And to be clear, I’m not suggesting that you should diversify, but somebody who I—some—it is most likely that the vast majority of people listening to this discussion today have nothing to do or have no interest in the business valuation industry or profession, but they may be wondering, if I could find a coach with a similar approach in my industry, would that be viable? My own answer is it probably would. It’s just a matter of finding the right person who are similarly niche that understands kind of the industry-specific realities that have to intersect with the techniques.

Rod Burkert: [00:44:15] Number one, I would agree with what you said. And number two, I would also like to point out that I think you’d be really hard pressed, Mike, to identify anyone that has achieved any level of success in finance, in industry, in sports, any field of endeavor without a coach or mentor. People say, “Well, why do I need a coach?” And I’m like, “Hey, do you ever watch a basketball game?” “Yeah.” “What’s the objective of the game?” “Score more points than the other team.” “Do you think the five players out on the court know that that’s what the objective is?” “Yes.” “Well, then why did those five players need a coach? Why don’t they just go out and score more points than their opponent? They know what they have to do. They don’t need a coach. right?” And then, there’s a big pause.

Michael Blake: [00:45:07] I’m glad you brought that up because I think the reputation of the professional coach has evolved and elevated significantly, certainly, in the last 10 years. And I think, in particular, in the last four or five. And I think it’s elevated partially because I think coaches have become better, and the coaches themselves are people that are accomplished as opposed to 10 years ago, I seemed to encounter a lot of coaches that weren’t very successful in the actual field. So, those who can’t do teach kind of thing.

Michael Blake: [00:45:42] But I think, also, there’s a recognition that particularly in business development, and I know you don’t like the word sales, so I’m trying to avoid it, but business development, we don’t teach that anymore. And it used to be—you’re a little older than I am, but, certainly, in the baby boomer generation, in most professional services firms of any size, even the smaller ones, there was a notion that the senior people would impart their wisdom, their knowledge, and would participate in the management and development of that next generation of business developers.

Michael Blake: [00:46:16] Now, what I see is just everyone for themselves. They got to meet their billable hours goals. I think to a certain extent, they’re fearful the younger generation will come and take their jobs. They’re certainly not rewarded for developing new talent as much as most firms kind of give lip service to that. And that confluence has created, I think, an opportunity for people like you to fill a very real vacuum that, I think, has occurred and has generally been harmful to most professional services industries.

Rod Burkert: [00:46:50] Yeah, yes. I mean, you’re preaching to the choir. And I know this sounds self-serving, but I think a lot of people might be more willing to embrace a coach, but I think they look at it as a cost instead of an investment. And that goes back to, well, how long should they stay in the coaching relationship? Well, as long as you’re getting a return on your investment, it’s not a sunk cost. If you’re not getting a return on investment, you should find another coach or quit your existing coach, find another coach. But investing in your own personal development, I don’t know where else you should spend your money first if not spending it on or not investing it in your own personal growth.

Michael Blake: [00:47:37] I think there’s plenty of literature out there that is very clear that one of the best investments anybody can ever make is on themselves, right? And certainly, one of the best bets you can make is on yourself.

Rod Burkert: [00:47:47] Correct.

Michael Blake: [00:47:48] So, we’re winding down here, and I want to get you back to your beautiful weather and your scenery. But two more questions I like to ask. One is, can you think about kind of one of your favorite coaching success stories and tell us a little bit about that.

Rod Burkert: [00:48:07] Yeah, yeah, yes. And actually, I’m going to—more than one comes to mind, but let me tell you the one that had the most impact that I feel like I’ve had the most impact on somebody. My biggest success story was somebody who I coached out of business valuation, because one of the things that goes back to, “Well, why don’t we like marketing?”, we realize for this person, for this individual, that she did not really like—the reason she didn’t really want to do marketing is because she really didn’t like business valuations. And actually coached her out of the business valuation world. She went to work for her husband’s business and is, now, focusing on something that she realized that she really wanted to do, which was to become a writer. And so, she’s starting out selling detective stories on Amazon. And I’d like—from a personal standpoint, from my viewpoint, that is like my most successful story.

Rod Burkert: [00:49:17] From another client’s perspective, I have an older client, late 60s, early 70s, who came to me really drained. I mean, emotionally drained of the years of just doing one project after another. And we’ve turned things around. We’ve tried to get away from one-to-one client service. He’s created a one-to-many product that he’s selling—creating one time, selling to his industry niche, and they don’t want to say what it is, what his niche is, but it’s webinar related. And he’s making almost as much money from a one-to-many product, which takes him a couple of days, a month to create, as he was going out there trying to sell and do one-to-one client service engagements. And he’s got a whole new—he feels totally reinvigorated about his practice and the possibilities for his practice.

Michael Blake: [00:50:23] And I do think those are very important outcomes. And at first, I have a similar one. As you know, I do office hours a few times a month.

Rod Burkert: [00:50:32] I think it’s a great idea. Let me—I’m sorry, Michael, to interrupt you, but everybody thinks it’s got to be something so secret saucy, there’s a magic bullet, secret potion, silver bullet that is the answer to marketing. And the simple things that I see you do on LinkedIn, creating the hard candy is an example. Letting it be known that you’re going to be at a restaurant for a certain time, and anybody who shows up during that time, you’re going to help them. I think, sometimes, we get so lost in the trees, and we don’t see the forest. And then, it’s the simple things that if we did consistently and persistently, we wouldn’t even consider it marketing. We wouldn’t hate to do it because we think it’s—you hate going to lunch and having those open office hours? I don’t think so.

Michael Blake: [00:51:21] No, no. And you take one look at my waistline, you know I do not going to lunch and having those office hours. But one of my favorite stories of office hours was I’d call a successful failure like Apollo 13. I had office hours. And this was about eight to nine years ago. And a guy showed up, ran his pitch, his venture pitch by me, and said, “What do you think?” I said, “I think this thing has a lot of holes, and I think that you are risking years in your family’s finances on a very dubious proposition. And it’s most likely going to fail.” And he was so upset that he got up, walked away, stuck me with this bill, and called me a couple of names on the way out. He was not happy.

Michael Blake: [00:52:07] Six months later, I received a handwritten note from him thanking me through the fact that I told him something that his friends and family just didn’t have the heart to do and for having the courage to kind of tell him that he needed to do that. And he sent me $100 gift card hoping that was going to cover his tab, which is more than it did, but that was somebody I held by getting him out of something that just was not going to be successful. So, there’s no nothing wrong with that.

Michael Blake: [00:52:36] All right. So, I’m already going over time for both of us, but I want to make sure I get this last one. And that is, how can people contact you to learn more about business development coaching? And maybe if you’re not the right person because they’re not in business valuation, maybe elsewhere, how can they reach out to you?

Rod Burkert: [00:52:57] Well, I think just saying it over the phone, probably the easiest way is just if you know how to spell my name, you can find me on LinkedIn. I’m there a lot. That is my social media platform of choice. And so, you can message me on LinkedIn. I have a website that outlines pretty much who I am and what I do. And that website URL is rodburkert.com. And my email address piggybacks off of that. You can email me at rod@rodburkert.com.

Michael Blake: [00:53:31] All right. Well, thanks very much for that. And that’s going to wrap it up for today’s program. I’d like to thank Rod Burkert – B-U-R-K-E-R-T, so you know how to spell it – so much for joining us and sharing his expertise with us today. We’ll be exploring a new topic each week. So, please turn in so that when you’re faced with your next business decision, you have clear vision when making it. If you enjoy this podcast, please consider leaving a review with your favorite podcasts aggregator. It helps people find us, so that we can help them. Once again, this is Mike Blake. Our sponsor is Brady Ware & Company. And this has been the Decision Vision Podcast.

Tagged With: CPa, CPA firm, Dale Carnegie, Dayton accounting, Dayton business advisory, Dayton CPA, Dayton CPA firm, Decision Vision, dolphin marketing, forensics services, litigation services, marketing, marketing professional services, Michael Blake, Mike Blake, podcasting, professional services firms, professional services marketing, professional services sales, Rod Burkert, Sales, selling professional services, speaking, valuation services, video

Decision Vision Episode 34: How Do I Get an SBA Loan? – An Interview with Joy Manbeck, Vinings Bank

October 3, 2019 by John Ray

Decision Vision
Decision Vision
Decision Vision Episode 34: How Do I Get an SBA Loan? – An Interview with Joy Manbeck, Vinings Bank
Loading
00:00 /
RSS Feed
Share
Link
Embed

Download file

Mike Blake and Joy Manbeck

Decision Vision Episode 34:  How Do I Get an SBA Loan? – An Interview with Joy Manbeck, Vinings Bank

What are the different loan options in the SBA loan program? How do I qualify? Joy Manbeck, a banking veteran with particular expertise in SBA lending, joins “Decision Vision” host Mike Blake to answer these questions and much more. “Decision Vision” is presented by Brady Ware & Company.

Joy Manbeck, Vinings Bank

Joy Manbeck

Joy C. Manbeck is a Senior Vice President and Director of SBA Lending with Vinings Bank. Joy is an Atlanta native who has been in banking for over 35 years. For most of her career she has been in commercial and small business lending with several different Atlanta-based banking institutions. Her community and civic roles include 2019-2020 President of the Rotary Club of North Fulton, alumnus of Leadership North Fulton, board member of Capital Partners Certified Development Corporation, member of the Board of Trustees of Alpharetta First United Methodist Church, and volunteer youth leader at Alpharetta First United Methodist Church. Joy is a graduate of Georgia State University with a degree in Finance, and her hobbies include fitness, gardening and violin.

Vinings Bank was established in 2007 to offer something unique by combining community-based banking expertise with services that create an environment that encourages both growth and prosperity. They offer a full range of financial products and services including specialized deposit solutions for business checking, sophisticated lending options, and outstanding cash management services to help businesses thrive.

To contact Joy, you can email her directly or call (678) 710-2820.

Michael Blake, Brady Ware & Company

Mike Blake, Host of “Decision Vision”

Michael Blake is Host of the “Decision Vision” podcast series and a Director of Brady Ware & Company. Mike specializes in the valuation of intellectual property-driven firms, such as software firms, aerospace firms and professional services firms, most frequently in the capacity as a transaction advisor, helping clients obtain great outcomes from complex transaction opportunities. He is also a specialist in the appraisal of intellectual properties as stand-alone assets, such as software, trade secrets, and patents.

Mike has been a full-time business appraiser for 13 years with public accounting firms, boutique business appraisal firms, and an owner of his own firm. Prior to that, he spent 8 years in venture capital and investment banking, including transactions in the U.S., Israel, Russia, Ukraine, and Belarus.

Brady Ware & Company

Brady Ware & Company is a regional full-service accounting and advisory firm which helps businesses and entrepreneurs make visions a reality. Brady Ware services clients nationally from its offices in Alpharetta, GA; Columbus and Dayton, OH; and Richmond, IN. The firm is growth minded, committed to the regions in which they operate, and most importantly, they make significant investments in their people and service offerings to meet the changing financial needs of those they are privileged to serve. The firm is dedicated to providing results that make a difference for its clients.

Decision Vision Podcast Series

“Decision Vision” is a podcast covering topics and issues facing small business owners and connecting them with solutions from leading experts. This series is presented by Brady Ware & Company. If you are a decision maker for a small business, we’d love to hear from you. Contact us at decisionvision@bradyware.com and make sure to listen to every Thursday to the “Decision Vision” podcast. Past episodes of “Decision Vision” can be found here. “Decision Vision” is produced and broadcast by the North Fulton studio of Business RadioX®.

Visit Brady Ware & Company on social media:

LinkedIn:  https://www.linkedin.com/company/brady-ware/

Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/bradywareCPAs/

Twitter: https://twitter.com/BradyWare

Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/bradywarecompany/

Show Transcript

Intro: [00:00:02] Welcome to Decision Vision, a podcast series focusing on critical business decisions, brought to you by Brady Ware & Company. Brady Ware is a regional, full-service, accounting and advisory firm that helps businesses and entrepreneurs make vision a reality.

Michael Blake: [00:00:21] And welcome to Decision Vision, a podcast giving you, the listener, clear vision to make great decisions. In each episode, we discuss the process of decision making on a different topic. Rather than making recommendations because everyone’s circumstances are different, we talk to subject matter experts about how they would recommend thinking about that decision.

Michael Blake: [00:00:39] My name is Mike Blake, and I’m your host for today’s program. I’m a Director at Brady Ware & Company, a full service accounting firm based in Dayton, Ohio, with offices in Dayton; Columbus, Ohio; Richmond, Indiana; and Alpharetta, Georgia, which is where we are recording today. Brady Ware is sponsoring this podcast. If you like this podcast, please subscribe on your favorite podcast aggregator, and please also consider leaving a review of the podcast as well.

Michael Blake: [00:01:04] Our topic today is, should I consider taking out an SBA loan? And I’m excited to cover this topic because although I don’t do a lot of stuff with banks, frankly, my skill set is more on the the equity side as a recovering venture capitalist and so forth, but I do—it is my belief that the SBA loan program is one of the least understood or most commonly misunderstood opportunities for small business finance out there. And frankly, it’s also—in spite of the fact that there are many outlets and many venues that are promoting the SBA program, it’s a program that not many people even know about. And if you’re a small business, and you’re looking at financing, if you’re looking at acquiring a small business, it might even be a franchise, if you don’t know about the SBA program, you really are leaving important options available to you off the table.

Michael Blake: [00:02:05] And like I said, I’m really not qualified to talk more than a very superficial level about the SBA program. So, if you’re a listener to the show, you know what’s coming next. I’ve brought in an expert who does know about the SBA program quite a bit. And here joining me is my pal, Joy Manbeck, who is a Senior Vice President and Director of SBA Lending with Vinings Bank.

Michael Blake: [00:02:32] And sort of funny story. Joy and I have known each other, I think, for 10-12 years or so, and we haven’t been in contact. We sort of all do our various things. Joy was off taking over corporate America, and I was probably in a gutter somewhere. But we happened to run into each other at an event where we had both recently joined our new companies as a mixer to my firm, Brady Ware, and her bank, Vinings Bank. And it turns out now that we are about 500 yards away from each other in terms of where our offices are; though, neither of us is actually ever there because are always on the road. But at least, theoretically, now, we’ve come together. And that’s kind of what got my wheels spinning about this particular topic.

Michael Blake: [00:03:14] So, Vinings Bank was established in 2007 to offer something unique by combining community-based banking expertise with services that create an environment that encourages both growth and prosperity. They offer a full range of financial products and services, including specialized deposit solutions for business checking, sophisticated lending options and outstanding cash management services to help businesses thrive.

Michael Blake: [00:03:36] Joining is an Atlanta native. Haven’t heard of any Atlanta natives left anymore. Has been in banking for over 35 years. She graduated from Georgia State University with a degree in Finance. And her hobbies include fitness, gardening, and violin. I did not know that. We’re going to have you on our band.

Joy Manbeck: [00:03:52] I would not at all.

Michael Blake: [00:03:53] We’ll do a Dexy’s Midnight Runner kind of cover situation there. She has a number of community and civic roles. She is a 2019-2020 President of the Rotary Club of North Fulton. She is an Alumnus of Leadership North Fulton. She is a Board Member of Capital Partners Certified Development Corporation, is on the board of trustees of Alpharetta United Methodist Church, and is a volunteer youth leader, also, with the Alpharetta United Methodist Church. Joy, thanks for coming on the program and somehow making time because you do a lot.

Joy Manbeck: [00:04:27] Well, thank you for having me. It’s an honor to be here.

Michael Blake: [00:04:29] People talk about banker’s hours, man. They have not met you. So, let’s get started. Let’s start with the very basics. What is a small business administration loan?

Joy Manbeck: [00:04:42] Well, an SBA loan, SBA was started in the 1950s to help businesses who were struggling with getting loans to help incent banks to make loans by guaranteeing a portion of the loan. So, 7-day loan, that’s the seven day program, it has a 75% SBA guarantee. And then, the bank takes the risk of the 25%, and then the SBA guarantees the 75. The bank makes the whole loan. And then, the government guarantees it.

Michael Blake: [00:05:15] So, why do companies consider taking out an SBA loan versus a more conventional financing instrument?

Joy Manbeck: [00:05:21] Well, several reasons. One is the longer terms. Financing equipment, usually, is over a 10-year period. No balloon payments. Real estate, we can finance over a 25-year period. Again, no balloon payments. And then, the amount down can be as little as 10%. Also, businesses that are special use like a daycare, gas station, car wash, they have a little bit more trouble in the conventional world getting financing. And so, SBA is, usually, a partner with those type businesses.

Michael Blake: [00:05:54] And so, you say, for example, a 10-year repayment period. In a more conventional loan, what do those repayment periods look like? Is it like a three to five-year or maybe even quicker?

Joy Manbeck: [00:06:05] Typically, usually three. At least, they’ll amortize them sometimes over 20 years if it’s real estate. 20-year amortization, three, five or seven-year call feature typically on those.

Michael Blake: [00:06:17] So, my understanding is that not all SBA loans are created equal. There’s actually a number of programs out there. So, can you highlight a few of those specific programs?

Joy Manbeck: [00:06:25] Certainly. As I mentioned, the seven day program a few minutes ago, these are eligible for any most small for-profit businesses. And it’s for a myriad of things. It could be to purchase real estate, construction, buying fixed assets, purchasing another business, starting a business, or working capital purposes. Seven day covers all of that. Then, you’ve got the SBA, what’s called a 504 program. And that’s only to buy real estate or fixed assets. And then, another one that’s become very popular is something called the cap line, C-A-P L-I-N-E. And that’s another 75% guarantee program up to $5 million, but it is an in an out line of credit.

Michael Blake: [00:07:09] Now, in the past, I think the SBA has also had so-called express loans. Is that right? Like for veterans, things of that nature. Do they still exist? Am I right? And if so, can you tell us about those?

Joy Manbeck: [00:07:20] They do. This is not something I have a lot of expertise in, but it’s a—an express loan would also be a line of credit. It would be a shorter term. And those loans are usually $350,000 and under.

Michael Blake: [00:07:31] Okay.

Joy Manbeck: [00:07:33] You have 50% guarantee on those.

Michael Blake: [00:07:35] So, for your needs, as long as you’re not trying to buy Apple, sounds like there’s potentially an SBA loan out there for somebody.

Joy Manbeck: [00:07:43] Absolutely.

Michael Blake: [00:07:44] So, what kinds of companies are good candidates for SBA loans? I assume there must be some that are kind of better than others.

Joy Manbeck: [00:07:53] Again, it’s for for-profit businesses. And basically, I mean, there are certain industries. Gambling, we can’t loan to. We can’t lend to finance companies. But pretty much anything, any for-profit business professionals. As I mentioned, car washes, restaurants, daycares, funeral homes, you name it.

Michael Blake: [00:08:15] And the SBA is actually a big source of franchise financing, right-

Joy Manbeck: [00:08:18] Absolutely.

Michael Blake: [00:08:18] Because it, actually, maintain—I think, it’s a pretty interesting list of the most successful franchise in terms of low failure rates, and then ones that are a little bit dicier-

Joy Manbeck: [00:08:27] Correct, yeah.

Michael Blake: [00:08:29] … for lack of a better term.

Joy Manbeck: [00:08:30] Right.

Michael Blake: [00:08:31] So, what about—the world I play in, as you know, is a lot of technology companies. Now, I presume that SBA is not a replacement for venture capital. There’s just not that kind of financing. But are there scenarios in which a technology or technology-driven company might also consider an SBA loan?

Joy Manbeck: [00:08:50] Oh, absolutely. And we loan to technology-driven companies quite a bit. So, they are totally eligible. Their terms are usually going to be—it’s usually for working capital purposes. So, if it’s permanent working capital, like a 10-year term, but the lines of credit are also good for those.

Michael Blake: [00:09:08] Okay. And then. you talked about companies that are not good candidates for SBA loans. You talked about casinos, I guess. Gaming is not going to be a good candidate.

Joy Manbeck: [00:09:18] That’s right.

Michael Blake: [00:09:21] I would assume a marijuana company is not going be a good candidate yet. That may change. But right now, we’re not there.

Joy Manbeck: [00:09:26] You’re right.

Michael Blake: [00:09:28] Finance companies. So, you don’t want people borrowing money from the SBA to, then, lend it out to somebody else. That’s not-

Joy Manbeck: [00:09:33] That’s absolutely right.

Michael Blake: [00:09:34] That’s not the goal of the program. Any other companies that, probably, come to your mind that they may not be great fits.

Joy Manbeck: [00:09:41] Not that are for-profit. Pretty much—I mean, if it’s legal, and if it’s not a finance company or a gambling company, typically it’s eligible.

Michael Blake: [00:09:53] Okay. So, I’d like to spend our time on the seven day loans because, I think, one, I’m not knowledgeable about real estate at all. I’m not even very good at monopolies. The 504 things have been great to me. But I think most of our listeners are more likely to be interested and candidates for the seven-day program. So, can you dive a little bit deeper into that? What does a seven-day loan look like? We talked about a 10-year term. Was it look like in terms of typical collateral coverage, interest rates, things of that nature?

Joy Manbeck: [00:10:23] Okay. Very good question. First of all, SBA gives us a set of regulations that we have to follow. But then, banks can use their own, I guess, credit guidelines. So, SBA is not a collateral lender. So, if the loan is not completely collateralized, andmost conventional lenders want their loans completely collateralized. So, that’s up to the lender if they want to make the loan with an SBA guarantee on it. However, if the loan is not fully collateralized, and the borrower has outside collateral, personal collateral, SBA does expect them to pledge it. So, that’s one advantage of getting an SBA loan. It does not have to be fully collateralized, but we are required to take available collateral. The other thing is cash flow. We’re gonna look at debt serviceability. SBA’s minimum debt serviceability is 1.15:1. We, as a bank, like to see 1.25:1.

Michael Blake: [00:11:22] And that, what’s that? What does that ratio mean?

Joy Manbeck: [00:11:24] That means that your cash flow available to cover the proposed debt service on-

Michael Blake: [00:11:29] Principal and interest.

Joy Manbeck: [00:11:30] Principal and interest.

Michael Blake: [00:11:30] Okay.

Joy Manbeck: [00:11:32] Absolutely. But again, that is up to the bank. That’s a guideline with SBA on the 1.15. So-

Michael Blake: [00:11:38] Okay.

Joy Manbeck: [00:11:38] … we can—our bank looks at loans globally. We’ll look at all the components and make a decision from there.

Michael Blake: [00:11:46] And what about interest rates? My understanding is, at least, the one point that used to be fixed to the prime rate, usually, 1% to 2% over prime. Is that accurate? Is that still true? What does that kind of look like?

Joy Manbeck: [00:11:58] Well, we offer—Vinings offer is a couple of options. And most banks don’t offer fixed rates. We occasionally do, especially on our real estate loans. They’re going to be probably in the mid to high sevens. And they’ll be fixed for the full 25-year term. Typically, most SBA lenders are going to loan over prime. It’s gonna be typically around prime and two. You can loan up to prime plus 2.75. And then, it’s adjustable usually on the calendar quarter.

Michael Blake: [00:12:27] Okay, which makes sense cause that’s usually when the Fed adjusts anyway. So, you’re kind of on the Fed’s calendar.

Joy Manbeck: [00:12:35] Absolutely.

Michael Blake: [00:12:36] So, the question I think a lot of people will ask and where I find that the greatest misunderstanding about the SBA program is that you hear SBA, you hear that it’s got the eagle on, it’s got the federal logo, and everything; and therefore, you think like Donald Trump is writing your check or a Washington-based loan.

Joy Manbeck: [00:12:58] Right.

Michael Blake: [00:13:00] That’s not actually the case, is it?

Joy Manbeck: [00:13:01] Not on seven days. On seven days, the bank makes the loan, and SBA guarantees it. So, your funds come from the bank. They’re guaranteed by SBA. And then, the borrower makes the payments directly to the bank, and the borrower communicates directly with the bank.

Michael Blake: [00:13:17] Now, you at Vinings Bank are preferred lender.

Joy Manbeck: [00:13:20] We are

Michael Blake: [00:13:20] As are other banks, but not all banks are. So, what does it take to become a preferred lender. And if I’m a borrower, why should that matter to me?

Joy Manbeck: [00:13:28] Well, it’s huge for the borrower. First of all, to be able to qualify, you have to, in a 24-month period, have five loans that are approved by SBA on a direct basis. That means your bank approves them in our loan committee, and then we submit them to SBA, they underwrite them, and they are proven. So, once you’ve gotten to that five-limit approval of loans, then you can apply for preferred lender status, which means that you have the choice of once you approve the loan at the bank level, you can go ahead and just say it’s approved, and get your SBA loan number, and go move forward with closing.

Michael Blake: [00:14:02] And if you’re not a preferred lender, how does that differ?

Joy Manbeck: [00:14:05] It could take up to two to three weeks to get your loan approved with SBA, a lot longer.

Michael Blake: [00:14:10] And that point, I want to zero in on that a little bit-

Joy Manbeck: [00:14:14] Sure.

Michael Blake: [00:14:14] … because, again, one of the one reason that people, I think, shy away from SBA loans, when I say, “Think about the SBA,” they say, “How long is the government going to take to make a decision?” But in fact, the government, especially if it’s a preferred lender, is not making the decision at all, right? They’ve empowered the bank to do that.

Joy Manbeck: [00:14:32] That’s correct. I mean, and we do have to make sure that we do everything according to their regulations because we’re going to get audited eventually. And then, we’ve got to have everything as instructed. But we take care of that on our end. We do all the underwriting, but we underwrite them completely with SBA guidelines or regulations.

Michael Blake: [00:14:50] And so, the relationship is that the bank is lending the money and the US government is basically a guarantor-

Joy Manbeck: [00:14:56] That is correct.

Michael Blake: [00:14:56] … in case it doesn’t work out, basically.

Joy Manbeck: [00:14:58] Absolutely correct.

Michael Blake: [00:14:59] So, this may not be a fair question, but I just have to ask you. I mean, what happens if a loan does go bad?

Joy Manbeck: [00:15:07] Well, the first thing we do is try to work with the borrower. We try to get with them, find out what’s going on. Do they just need a payment deferment for a while, or are things turning around, or is this a case where the loan is just defaulting, and there’s nothing to be done? So, then, we begin to foreclose. We foreclose on whatever collateral is available. Then, if there’s a gap, then there’s always a guarantor on the loan, personal guarantor, at least, one, anybody, 20% and over as far as shareholder. They’re required to fully guarantee the loan. So, we will go to them, work with them, and try to resolve that gap. But if not, then we take further steps legally.

Michael Blake: [00:15:51] So, another point, one of the things I advise my clients who are asking about the SBA or talking about the SBA is that I think the SBA lenders do as good a job as any in trying to prevent a default, right?

Joy Manbeck: [00:16:07] Absolutely.

Michael Blake: [00:16:08] I think you get a lot more flexibility from an SBA lender than you do most conventional lenders because you really have no interest in foreclosing, unless there’s a gun to your head, basically, right?

Joy Manbeck: [00:16:18] That is absolutely—that’s the last thing we want to see.

Michael Blake: [00:16:20] And in that respect, it strikes a lot like student loans. I mean, you have to work hard-

Joy Manbeck: [00:16:25] Yes.

Michael Blake: [00:16:25] … to default on a student loan on an SBA. Is that—if your business has any chance at all of becoming solvent and repaying this thing in the future, there’s a lot of rope there, isn’t there?

Joy Manbeck: [00:16:38] There’s some. I mean, we can do it three payment principal and interest or principal deferment twice during the loan. But if the borrower defaults and is just not paying, then we have no choice-

Michael Blake: [00:16:52] Sure.

Joy Manbeck: [00:16:52] … but to foreclose.

Michael Blake: [00:16:52] That’s the way the world works, right?

Joy Manbeck: [00:16:55] Yeah, absolutely.

Michael Blake: [00:16:55] It’s not a grant. It’s not free money.

Joy Manbeck: [00:16:56] That’s right.

Michael Blake: [00:16:58] So, let’s say somebody now in earshot is interested, and wants to learn, and wants to maybe take a shot at SBA loan or pursue that, what does the application process look like?

Joy Manbeck: [00:17:08] Basically, we’re going to send them a list of the items we need. We’ll ask for always three years personal tax returns, three years business tax returns, current personal financial statement, current interim profit and loss statement balance sheet. If it’s a startup, we’re going to want two years of monthly cash projections and a good business plan, solid business plan. And then, depending on the company, whether we’ll ask for things like accounts payable aging, accounts receivable aging, just depends on the structure of the company. We’ll get things like resumes from the borrower, history of the company. We’ll go out and do site visits, meet with the borrower, and we do a lot of handholding with our borrowers.

Michael Blake: [00:17:50] I imagine because a lot of your borrowers aren’t necessarily financially sophisticated in the way they’re putting those projections, and you have to teach them the language of banking, I would imagine.

Joy Manbeck: [00:18:01] Sometimes, we do. Most times, I’ll encourage them to work with their CPAs. If they’re a startup business, and they haven’t had a lot of financial experience in the past, I will strongly suggest they sit down with their CPA and go through that projection process.

Michael Blake: [00:18:16] Okay, good. Now, I’ve seen cases where, also, on rare occasion, an SBA requires a third-party appraisal or valuation of the company to be done. When does that get triggered?

Joy Manbeck: [00:18:28] On a real estate appraisal, if the loan is over $250,000, then we’re going to require a real estate appraisal if that’s our collateral. And then, if you’re buying a business, then if the amount that you’re financing, that the bank is financing is over $250,000, we’re going to acquire a third-party business valuation.

Michael Blake: [00:18:49] Okay. And how long does that application process usually take?

Joy Manbeck: [00:18:56] If we’re gonna send a preferred lender, we’re gonna do it without having to submit it to SBA, typically—and I underwrite my—all of us at Vinings underwrite our own loans. And it takes me, usually, two to three days to underwrite a loan. Our committee meet once a week. And then, from there, we issue a commitment letter. Once the borrower accepts that, then we start ordering appraisals, we engage a closing attorney, and I tell people from start to finish, usually 45 to 60 days to close.

Michael Blake: [00:19:26] Okay. And that’s a lot faster. I think most people will appreciate it. Again, I think they’re used to certain kind of banking stereotypes, and they’re used to government stereotypes as well. But in reality, you most likely will receive funding through the SBA much more quicker than you will from a venture capitalist, right?

Joy Manbeck: [00:19:44] Absolutely.

Michael Blake: [00:19:45] VC is going to be a four to six-month exercise if it’s fast tracked.

Joy Manbeck: [00:19:49] Right, sure.

Michael Blake: [00:19:52] So, are there certain—are there any restrictions on what SBA funds borrowed can be used for?

Joy Manbeck: [00:20:02] There are—we can’t loan money to pay a borrower—give money back to a borrower. Say that they’ve bought a piece of property, and they contributed a certain amount into that property, we can’t loan money to give that money back to them. We can’t loan money to have somebody invest in a business. They can buy the business if they’re going to buy at 100%, but it can’t be for a partial investment. I’m trying to think of some other scenarios that go outside the realm.

Michael Blake: [00:20:33] Well, there’s one part that I think that I didn’t know. I knew you couldn’t borrow in order to buy minority interest, but I did not realize you couldn’t borrow if it’s a majority interest, only if you’re buying 100% percent.

Joy Manbeck: [00:20:45] That is correct. You can’t just buy in.

Michael Blake: [00:20:51] In your experience, where do you think most the funds get used?

Joy Manbeck: [00:20:55] Real estate.

Michael Blake: [00:20:57] Yeah.

Joy Manbeck: [00:20:57] Yeah, because those are gonna be those bigger loans. SBA goes up to—the loan can be up to $5 million. With their guarantee, $3.750 would be their portion. So, those are always, typically, going to be bigger loans, the real estate loans.

Michael Blake: [00:21:10] So, not all SBA loans are approved.

Joy Manbeck: [00:21:17] Correct.

Michael Blake: [00:21:17] Of course, you’d love to get them all through. Especially you, you would love to get them all through. But the reality is that there’s not 100% guaranteed promising.

Joy Manbeck: [00:21:22] Sure.

Michael Blake: [00:21:23] So, one, in your experience, what percentage of applications you think make it through where the loan is actually approved?

Joy Manbeck: [00:21:31] Most of mine, if they’re not going to make it, it’s gonna be a desk turned down. Meaning, I’m going to look at it and realize it’s not going to work. Most of them we take to loan committee are approved. And then, since we’re preferred lenders, we approve it at our bank, and we just get our SBA number. So, we don’t have a lot of turn-down scenarios.

Michael Blake: [00:21:53] Yeah. You make sure it doesn’t get to that process. I’m sure-

Joy Manbeck: [00:21:56] Try to.

Michael Blake: [00:21:56] I’m sure the borrowers appreciate that too, right?

Joy Manbeck: [00:21:58] Right.

Michael Blake: [00:21:59] Much rather a quick no-

Joy Manbeck: [00:22:00] Exactly.

Michael Blake: [00:22:00] … than a long maybe.

Joy Manbeck: [00:22:01] And we try to do that.

Michael Blake: [00:22:04] What are the most frequent reasons you find yourself at that desk level saying, “We have to take a pass on this for now?”

Joy Manbeck: [00:22:12] That’s a very good question. One would be inexperience of the borrower. Somebody wants to start a restaurant, but they’ve never even worked in a restaurant, or daycare, or whatever it’s gonna be. Another is cash flow. The cash flow, the historical cash flow of the company doesn’t show that it can service the loan. And sometimes, we’ll do a projection base. They they’re going to add another city to their company, or they’re going to add people, or whatever, then we’ll look at projections. Another would be that it’s way under-collateralized, and we’re taking too big a risk there. And then, another would be trends. Maybe the companies showed some negative trends over the past few years.

Michael Blake: [00:22:53] But the good news, I think, some of those can kind of be fixed, and they can be addressed proactively. You can’t necessarily fix your history, but you certainly can kind of rework the business, right?

Joy Manbeck: [00:23:04] Absolutely.

Michael Blake: [00:23:04] So, in a way, that can actually be a very educational process because you may be—you may, for a lot of these businesses, be the first kind of professional finance person that has looked at the business in that way. And that feedback can be very helpful, right?

Joy Manbeck: [00:23:18] Sure, absolutely.

Michael Blake: [00:23:18] So, have you ever had boomerangs where you’ve said, “Look, this isn’t ready to go now,” but maybe six months or a year later, they are ready, and you wind up being able to approve them?

Joy Manbeck: [00:23:26] We have. I’ve had a few of those in my history. But usually, they tend to go another avenue. But sometimes, they’ll be back.

Michael Blake: [00:23:36] So, you hinted this before, but it’s worth kind of focusing on. If if I’m an SBA borrower, particularly, I’ve never done something like that before, is it worth hiring an accountant or an attorney? Maybe both? Maybe somebody else that can to help me through that process?

Joy Manbeck: [00:23:53] I totally would. I mean, I mentioned earlier, a CPA to help you with the numbers, with your projections, and see what’s reasonable. Also, an attorney to walk you through getting your business opened with the State of Georgia and just advice. As far as contracts, they need to have someone look at a contract with them who has legal knowledge.

Michael Blake: [00:24:18] So, one—I’m going to get to a piece of advice I often tell my clients. Boy, I hope it’s right. And that piece of advice is that if you’re declined by one bank for an SBA loan, that doesn’t necessarily mean that every single bank’s going to decline it. Is there truth to that? If bank A declined it, maybe they might come to you, and you might view that differently. Is that a valid piece of—is that a valid thought?

Joy Manbeck: [00:24:49] It absolutely is. All lenders have their own guidelines. We all have to go by SBA regulations. But different lenders have different priorities, like where—we look at a loan globally. I mean, we’re going to look at all aspects of it. Other SBA lenders only want real estate, and they want coverage of 85% or whatever. And we—most of the SBA lenders in Atlanta know each other, and we know what each other will do that maybe our bank won’t do. And I referred a number of times somebody to another bank that might look at a loan that’s gotten low cash flow to debt service coverage or collateral is way off. But yes, I mean, those are bank guidelines, as long as you’re following SBA regs.

Michael Blake: [00:25:32] And it doesn’t mean somebody is right or wrong. It can just be a comfort level of the kind of business you’re in, right?

Joy Manbeck: [00:25:37] Exactly, absolutely.

Michael Blake: [00:25:38] So, let’s take you, for example. Are there certain kinds of businesses that you just feel like you just know really well and you can really get into them?

Joy Manbeck: [00:25:46] I do. Yeah, I become a car wash lender for one.

Michael Blake: [00:25:50] You mentioned that a couple of times, yeah?

Joy Manbeck: [00:25:52] Yeah. And restaurants, I’ve done a lot of restaurant lending, daycares. So, those are industries that are sort of my area of expertise. But we do really so many different industries. So, we don’t want to limit it-

Michael Blake: [00:26:04] Sure.

Joy Manbeck: [00:26:05] … ever, so.

Michael Blake: [00:26:06] Sure. Well, what do you—besides what we’ve talked about, are there any kind of other kind of misconceptions about SBA loans that you think that the audience ought to know about?

Joy Manbeck: [00:26:19] In addition to the timing, if you work with the preferred lender, and there are other lenders that are what’s called GP, general participant, that can get the loans done efficiently. So, it’s not only at PLP lenders, but we can certainly get them done faster than the ones that aren’t PLP preferred lenders. The other thing is paperwork. Well, like I say, we do a lot of handholding. We try to complete as much of the paperwork as we can, our processing department. So, a lot of people shy away from it because they think it’s just gonna be tons of paperwork. So, that part, I think, in the past was more true than it is now.

Michael Blake: [00:26:57] I’m gonna go off the script a little bit because I thought of a question I can’t resist asking. You might not be able to answer. If you can’t, that’s fine. We’ll move on. But I’m curious, is there a favorite borrower that you’ve had that just took an SBA loan and just did fantastic things that sort of stands out? Maybe built a car wash empire or something like that?

Joy Manbeck: [00:27:18] It’s funny you should mention that because I learned—I did a 504 loan. That’s the loan that you can only do real estate and fixed assets. It was probably three years ago. He probably had 2.5 into the whole thing. Two years later, one of the big car wash franchises came and offered him $7.5 million for it. And so, now, we’re doing another one for him.

Michael Blake: [00:27:41] Wow!

Joy Manbeck: [00:27:42] Yeah.

Michael Blake: [00:27:42] I’d say he’s a good risk.

Joy Manbeck: [00:27:43] He is. They did everything right. So, good borrowers.

Michael Blake: [00:27:47] Well, this has been great. There’s a whole lot more knowledge that I know that you have. And if someone wants to think about working with you, and they’re getting the sense that I already know. I mean, you’re just a great person to work with.

Joy Manbeck: [00:27:58] Thank you.

Michael Blake: [00:27:59] So, if somebody wants to contact you to learn more about if an SBA loan is right for them or not right for them, how can they do that?

Joy Manbeck: [00:28:07] Probably the best thing is the e-mail address, which would just be jmanbeck@viningsbank.com. And I can spell that out if you’d like me to o-.

Michael Blake: [00:28:16] No, I think Vinings Bank, I think, is fairly self-explanatory.

Joy Manbeck: [00:28:20] Okay.

Michael Blake: [00:28:20] And if they can go the website, they’ll see the spelling. So-

Joy Manbeck: [00:28:22] Absolutely.

Michael Blake: [00:28:23] Okay. Well, that’s going to wrap it up for today’s program. I’d like to thank Joy Manbeck so much for joining us and sharing her expertise with us. We’ll be exploring a new topic each week. So, please tune in, so that when you’re faced with your next business decision, you have clear vision when making it. If you enjoy this podcast, please consider leaving a review with your favorite podcasts aggregator. It helps people find us, so that we can help them. Once again, this is Mike Blake. Our sponsor is Brady Ware & Company. And this has been the Decision Vision Podcast.

Tagged With: CPa, CPA firm, Dayton accounting, Dayton business advisory, Dayton CPA, Dayton CPA firm, Decision Vision, franchise loans, Michael Blake, Mike Blake, Preferred SBA Lender, SBA CAPLine Program, SBA Express, SBA Lending, SBA Loan, sba loan program, sba loans, Vinings Bank

Decision Vision Episode 33: Should I Sell My Business? – An Interview with Ed Rieker, Serial Entrepreneur and CEO, Avondale Innovation District

September 26, 2019 by John Ray

Decision Vision
Decision Vision
Decision Vision Episode 33: Should I Sell My Business? – An Interview with Ed Rieker, Serial Entrepreneur and CEO, Avondale Innovation District
Loading
00:00 /
RSS Feed
Share
Link
Embed

Download file

Mike Blake and Ed Rieker

Decision Vision Episode 33:  Should I Sell My Business? – An Interview with Ed Rieker, Serial Entrepreneur and CEO, Avondale Innovation District

What should I be doing to be ready to sell my business when the right time comes? How do I know when that right time is? Find out answers to these questions and more as “Decision Vision” host Mike Blake interviews serial entrepreneur Ed Rieker, a successful seller of multiple businesses he founded. “Decision Vision” is presented by Brady Ware & Company.

Ed Rieker, Serial Entrepreneur and CEO, Avondale Innovation District

Ed Rieker

Ed Rieker is a serial entrepreneur and currently the CEO of the Avondale Innovation District™. Ed was a founder or co-founder of four healthcare software companies. He navigated successful exits for three of these companies, as two were acquired by public companies and another by investors. The fourth is still running.

Two of these software companies were accepted into the Advanced Technology Development Center at Georgia Tech (ATDC), and one is an ATDC graduate.

Ed previously served as an ATDC Entrepreneur in Residence (4x) and an ATDC Executive in Residence (1x). He has served as a Venture Catalyst at ATDC between startups.

In 2004 Ed purchased an online community, built the business up and sold it to a public company in 2011. He has owned and operated a private coworking and technology incubator. Ed is an angel investor in various startups.

Ed was awarded patent #5,832,447 for an Automated System and Method for Providing Real-Time Verification of Health Insurance Eligibility (a co-inventor).

He is the owner and developer of Tudor Square, a community-oriented, quality, dinning, shopping and entertainment venue, supporting small independent business owners in downtown Avondale Estates, GA

Ed is currently the CEO of the Avondale Innovation District™, located in downtown Avondale Estates, a place-based urban development designed specifically to support entrepreneurs and creative professionals, foster open innovation, attract and accelerate new business ventures.

Michael Blake, Brady Ware & Company

Mike Blake, Host of “Decision Vision”

Michael Blake is Host of the “Decision Vision” podcast series and a Director of Brady Ware & Company. Mike specializes in the valuation of intellectual property-driven firms, such as software firms, aerospace firms and professional services firms, most frequently in the capacity as a transaction advisor, helping clients obtain great outcomes from complex transaction opportunities. He is also a specialist in the appraisal of intellectual properties as stand-alone assets, such as software, trade secrets, and patents.

Mike has been a full-time business appraiser for 13 years with public accounting firms, boutique business appraisal firms, and an owner of his own firm. Prior to that, he spent 8 years in venture capital and investment banking, including transactions in the U.S., Israel, Russia, Ukraine, and Belarus.

Brady Ware & Company

Brady Ware & Company is a regional full-service accounting and advisory firm which helps businesses and entrepreneurs make visions a reality. Brady Ware services clients nationally from its offices in Alpharetta, GA; Columbus and Dayton, OH; and Richmond, IN. The firm is growth minded, committed to the regions in which they operate, and most importantly, they make significant investments in their people and service offerings to meet the changing financial needs of those they are privileged to serve. The firm is dedicated to providing results that make a difference for its clients.

Decision Vision Podcast Series

“Decision Vision” is a podcast covering topics and issues facing small business owners and connecting them with solutions from leading experts. This series is presented by Brady Ware & Company. If you are a decision maker for a small business, we’d love to hear from you. Contact us at decisionvision@bradyware.com and make sure to listen to every Thursday to the “Decision Vision” podcast. Past episodes of “Decision Vision” can be found here. “Decision Vision” is produced and broadcast by the North Fulton studio of Business RadioX®.

Visit Brady Ware & Company on social media:

LinkedIn:  https://www.linkedin.com/company/brady-ware/

Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/bradywareCPAs/

Twitter: https://twitter.com/BradyWare

Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/bradywarecompany/

Show Transcript

Intro: [00:00:02] Welcome to Decision Vision, a podcast series focusing on critical business decisions, brought to you by Brady Ware & Company. Brady Ware is a regional, full-service accounting and advisory firm that helps businesses and entrepreneurs make vision a reality.

Michael Blake: [00:00:21] And welcome to Decision Vision, a podcast giving you, the listener, clear vision to make great decisions. In each episode, we discuss the process of decision making on a different topic. Rather than making recommendations because everyone’s circumstances are different, we talk to subject matter experts of how they would recommend thinking about that decision.

Michael Blake: [00:00:39] My name is Mike Blake and I’m your host for today’s program. I’m a Director at Brady Ware & Company, a full-service accounting firm based in Dayton, Ohio, with offices in Dayton; Columbus, Ohio; Richmond, Indiana; and Alpharetta, Georgia, which is where we are recording today. Brady Ware is sponsoring this podcast. If you like this podcast, please subscribe and your favorite podcast aggregator. And please also consider leaving a review of the podcast as well.

Michael Blake: [00:01:03] So, today’s decision that we’re going to discuss is, should I consider selling my business? And for most people in business, there will never be a bigger decision you ever have to make in your life than whether when, how, and on what terms to sell your business. And selling a business is maybe even more challenging because most people only do it once in their life. There are a few people that are serial entrepreneurs, and we’re going to talk to one in a second, but most people, if they’ve had a good run, they sell their business, they get out, and then they go do something else, particularly if they happen to be good at leisure.

Michael Blake: [00:01:52] And the thing about selling a business, and I’ll be the first to admit this, even though I advise people on selling businesses, and I charge exorbitant fees for helping people do so, is that, actually, when you get right down, it’s not rocket science, but a lot of it isn’t necessarily intuitive. And the process of even wrestling with a decision on whether to sell a business is often such an emotionally entwined decision that has far reaching implications, even outside of the business itself that it can be very challenging to have a clear head when you’re approaching that decision.

Michael Blake: [00:02:33] And, generally speaking, in selling a business, there is no do over, right? Once you sort of sign those documents, and money comes out of escrow, and if you have that kind of business, the keys are turned over if it’s a virtual business, then all the the pass codes, passwords are handed over, that’s sort of it. So, if you have sellers or more, your only real recourse is to start new business and do better the next time.

Michael Blake: [00:02:54] So, it’s an important decision to get right. And it’s one that, like I said, you don’t really get a mulligan on this. And in trying to figure who’d be the best person to talk about this, I’m fortunate that a friend of mine actually is one of those few that has actually sold multiple businesses. So, he’s been through a few of these rodeos. And he hasn’t sold them for other people. They’re actually his businesses.

Michael Blake: [00:03:23] And so, without further doing introduce my pal, Ed Rieker, who has come all the way from Avondale Estates, which if you look at a map of Atlanta should be about a 10-minute drive. But the way our highways are set up at, it paces about an hour and a half. So, I really appreciate him coming into the studio today because he’s also got a 90-minute drive back.

Michael Blake: [00:03:47] But Ed has actually started and sold four businesses, at least, four of which I’m aware. He’ll correct me once he comes on. But he’s currently CEO of the Avondale Innovation District, an Avondale Estate Georgia. He is also the owner and principal of Tudor Square, a community-oriented quality dining, shopping, and entertainment venue supporting small independent business owners in downtown Avondale Estate Georgia.

Michael Blake: [00:04:10] He is the General Manager of the 151 Locust Fund One LLC, which is a fund established for the purpose of providing seed funding to Metro Atlanta technology startups. Ed was also the mayor of Avondale Estates for six years and is an adjunct faculty member in the Emory University Business School’s startup launch accelerator program. Ed Rieker, Your Honor, welcome to the program.

Ed Rieker: [00:04:33] Thanks, Mike. It’s a pleasure to be here.

Michael Blake: [00:04:36] So-

Ed Rieker: [00:04:37] By the way, I took a jet pack here, right.

Michael Blake: [00:04:39] Did you take a jet pack?

Ed Rieker: [00:04:40] Yeah.

Michael Blake: [00:04:40] I think that’s the best way to get here.

Ed Rieker: [00:04:42] 10 minutes.

Michael Blake: [00:04:42] Really?

Ed Rieker: [00:04:43] Yeah.

Michael Blake: [00:04:43] Now, thank God for Georgia Tech inventing that stuff, man.

Ed Rieker: [00:04:47] Absolutely.

Michael Blake: [00:04:47] So, let’s dive into it. There’s a lot of ground we can cover and hope we can cover all of it. Can you talk to us a little bit about the businesses that you have actually owned and sold?

Ed Rieker: [00:04:58] Absolutely. I’m mostly a software guy. So, the businesses that I’ve founded or co-founded were really about software, about the creation of value through pushing little buttons to make stuff happen. So, when I’ve had the privilege of being on some really great teams and also being able to cash out a few times. So, I started in 1988 when you weren’t born yet.

Michael Blake: [00:05:30] You silver-tongued devil.

Ed Rieker: [00:05:34] Absolutely. And so, what we did was we built a software system that actually worked with hospital systems and large systems to kind of get people in the hospital as quickly as possible. What it turned out to be really was a marketing thing. And so, we built that up, sold that to a group of investors in 1991. And then, I was a minority shareholder in that. I had an angel investor that had put money into that.

Ed Rieker: [00:06:09] Then, the next one, we also was in healthcare. I think once you get to be in a domain, you get to know people, they get to know you, you start to kind of build a reputation. So, health care’s been very, very good to me. And I’ve done four health care startups and sold three of those or two of those to public companies. And then, in 2004, I actually bought an online community, because I’m very interested in community and built-

Michael Blake: [00:06:37] Yes, you are.

Ed Rieker: [00:06:38] Yes, I am.

Michael Blake: [00:06:38] That’s definitely bring your MO.

Ed Rieker: [00:06:39] And both online and in the real world. And it’s just fascinating to see how people work together, and how they don’t work together, and what they need, and how it might be able to help. But we built that online community up and sold that to a public company in 2011. So, that’s kind of the story is the ability to build a solution, a tool that solves a problem, build a team, build it up.

Ed Rieker: [00:07:10] And then, the first one, I think you mentioned, was really difficult to sell because I was a minority shareholder. It was everything to me at the time. And when it got sold, it—here’s the thing though. When you—you talked about the escrow, the cash coming in, and you think about buying the yacht, but you missed a step. And that’s the part where you have to stick around for a little bit and deal with the new owners. So, that was the first time I had done that.

Ed Rieker: [00:07:46] And what happened was, is they kind of put me in a room and ignored me for a while. And then, I watched them kind of do what they wanted to do. So, you can’t make decisions anymore because you’ve sold it. You’re exactly right. But normally, once you sell it, especially like a software business, any other business, you’re gonna be there for a while to watch that transition. So, that can be a difficult thing. And over the years, I’ve been able to kind of look at the idea of building with the end in mind, which is to sell it, so.

Michael Blake: [00:08:24] Now, what was that transition like? I mean, I know you personally. I don’t see you as a very good employee.

Ed Rieker: [00:08:34] I’m a horrible-

Michael Blake: [00:08:34] And I mean that with all the love I could possibly muster.

Ed Rieker: [00:08:37] Yes, absolutely. I  know.

Michael Blake: [00:08:38] But I consider myself, and my firm will tell you, I’m a terrible employee.

Ed Rieker: [00:08:42] Right, yeah. I’m a terrible employee. I will admit that. And I think the first time I sold, I was also a terrible seller because I was so emotionally involved and so focused on what I thought was right for the business, but I didn’t have any say anymore. I didn’t have any vote anymore. So, it becomes very difficult to hang around and see people do things that you probably don’t agree with.

Ed Rieker: [00:09:13] And, also, remember, the alignment I had with the sellers was they had the money, they had an idea of what they thought they wanted to do, and I really didn’t know on that well. And when you start to kind of see the team change and see kind of what they think is right, it can be very difficult for a seller to kind of be in that world. Most of the time, after you sell something, if you look at the statistics, the CEO goes bye-bye about six months, the old CEO.

Michael Blake: [00:09:48] I was going to ask you about that because most sales I’ve seen if the CEO is asked to remain at all, it’s a two to three-year period.

Ed Rieker: [00:09:57] Right.

Michael Blake: [00:09:57] But I don’t think most CEOs actually wind up serving out that term.

Ed Rieker: [00:10:01] They’re usually gone in six months. And that’s the thing you have to learn about in terms of selling. There’s things like earn-outs. So, when you get to the part where you agree on what the value is and what the terms are, part of that term can be the offer of, “Oh, we’ll double the what we’re buying you for if you’ll stay and hit these metrics.” And normally that’s kind of phantom money. That’s really hard to do because you don’t have control over how to reach those metrics anymore.

Michael Blake: [00:10:33] Right. I mean, the special sauce that you brought is now not being used anymore. It’s just sitting in the refrigerator with the label on it saying, “Add special sauce.”

Ed Rieker: [00:10:41] Right. You’re lucky if it’s in the fridge.

Michael Blake: [00:10:46] Right. I can’t shake this vision. I mean, having sort of been put in a room, you sort of watch everybody do the thing with the business after you’ve sold that, and you just sort of have to be at peace with your powerlessness by doing that.

Ed Rieker: [00:11:00] Yeah, and I wasn’t. I absolutely wasn’t. I mean, I think I was probably a bad seller at that point because I looked around, and it wasn’t going in the direction and as well as I thought it could go. And so, I didn’t really stay for the whole six months. I kind of bugged out of there because I had other things to do.

Michael Blake: [00:11:24] Yeah.

Ed Rieker: [00:11:24] Yeah.

Michael Blake: [00:11:26] Your experience of that sounds like my experience parenting a teenager.

Ed Rieker: [00:11:31] Yeah.

Michael Blake: [00:11:32] You watch it, but there’s only so much impact you can ultimately have. It’s sort of it’s just going to happen. So, how long did you own those businesses before selling them?

Ed Rieker: [00:11:42] So, I’m looking at my notes here, and I think ’88 and ’91. So, what’s the math? That’s three years. So, I probably worked on that a little bit longer than that. So, probably looks like the average is three to four years.

Michael Blake: [00:11:56] Okay.

Ed Rieker: [00:11:57] Yeah.

Michael Blake: [00:11:57] That’s not particularly long. Even in venture capital, that’s a fairly quick turnaround.

Ed Rieker: [00:12:02] Well, I like small teams and early stage stuff. And so, I like building it up to a certain point. And one of the things, I think, that if you’re a business owner of any kind of type, what you want to see is that every six months or so, the phone rings and somebody says, “Hey, I’m thinking about doing business with you or transaction with you.” And it evolves in this sort of, “Hey, we’re thinking about buying you.” If you’re not getting that call every six months or that activity every six months, then I feel like there’s something wrong with your business-

Michael Blake: [00:12:38] Huh!

Ed Rieker: [00:12:40] … because that’s one of the key indicators that you’re on to demand is that you get these situations where maybe you’re serving a large customer. and they say, “Well, maybe we should buy you instead of being a customer.” So, you want to kind of see those things happen every six months. If that’s not happening, then there’s something wrong with the business.

Michael Blake: [00:13:01] I’m gonna go off the script because I think that is insightful point that I want to explore a little bit more because I would not have thought of that in a million years, but I think I got it. So, let me tell what I think I get, and you tell me why I’m wrong. And what I think I get is people want to buy you because they notice you, and they’re making an impact, and you’re so important, they can’t afford to not you being available at some point down the road.

Ed Rieker: [00:13:31] Yeah, absolutely.

Michael Blake: [00:13:32] Right?

Ed Rieker: [00:13:32] And it’s the noticed part and the can’t live without you part that drives the price up. It could be a strategic or a technology acquisition. And most of the stuff that we did was a technology acquisition because we had found a pocket somewhere in health care that we were serving. And it was important enough to a large corporation that instead of building it, they would try to buy it. And that’s exactly kind of what you’re looking at.

Michael Blake: [00:14:01] So, that’s interesting. So, kind of a bullet point is a lot of business owners will tell me that they get annoyed they get offers to potentially buy and sell. They don’t want to do that. But in a way, if you’re getting those calls, even if they’re not particularly serious, the fact that you’re on somebody’s radar screen means you’re doing something right-

Ed Rieker: [00:14:19] Yeah, that’s correct.

Michael Blake: [00:14:19] … in terms of the market.

Ed Rieker: [00:14:20] And every once in a while, you actually want to follow through with those calls because that’s a great way to to create a valuation for yourself, to kind of figure out, you’re in that business, you’d be a great advisor to call. And it [crosstalk]-

Michael Blake: [00:14:32] “Hey, thank you, Ed.”

Ed Rieker: [00:14:34] … product placement. Was that on the script or?

Michael Blake: [00:14:38] It should have been.

Ed Rieker: [00:14:39] It should have been.

Michael Blake: [00:14:39] It should have. My marketing department is, right now, tearing their hair out, saying, “Why do you make everybody say that?” So, you said that you’re a bad seller when you sold that first business.

Ed Rieker: [00:14:50] Absolutely, yeah.

Michael Blake: [00:14:51] And part of that was because you’re a minority shareholder, so you couldn’t really drive the bus. You could almost sort of grab the steering wheel every once in a while. By sale four, in what way were you a better seller? Were you a better seller?

Ed Rieker: [00:15:03] Well, absolutely, yeah. What happened is that I was so emotionally attached to the first one. It’s not the same thing, and it’s probably a really bad analogy, but it’s like selling your baby or selling one of the things that you love, a family member. It just really was—I was that emotionally attached to it. And then, after I went through that, when I realized that perhaps my career, if I could call it a career, would be building and selling companies. I began to think about it in a different way that the actual in-game was to sell it and to sell it successfully. And by successfully, it meant that they were happy, I was happy, there was a good outcome for both of us, and that the transition part was actually part of building the business that I was able to transition out of the business to be able to go do the next thing.

Michael Blake: [00:16:02] So, the transition was organic. And in fact, they should stick somebody else having to stay with the buyers instead of you.

Ed Rieker: [00:16:08] Absolutely.

Michael Blake: [00:16:08] Right?

Ed Rieker: [00:16:09] Absolutely. So, that’s the process, then, is to build a team, so that I was dispensable. And actually they didn’t—why should we keep that guy?

Michael Blake: [00:16:19] Now, I’m curious. And I may be all wet here, but I’m curious if, also, the financial dynamic changes. When you sell your first business, I suspect but do not know that that was a lifestyle changing event for you.

Ed Rieker: [00:16:37] I would say the first one wasn’t.

Michael Blake: [00:16:39] Okay.

Ed Rieker: [00:16:39] When you start getting into the second and third, because the first two, I had to have angel investing to build the business up.

Michael Blake: [00:16:47] Yeah.

Ed Rieker: [00:16:48] Everything else was out of my own pocket, self-funded.

Michael Blake: [00:16:52] Okay.

Ed Rieker: [00:16:52] And the reason for that is that I found out in the way that I work is that I am able to risk my money, but not so much somebody else’s. I’m more careful with other people’s money, so that it hindered the ability for me to actually do the kind of the on-the-edge things that I wanted to do. I can do that with my own money but not necessarily with someone else’s.

Michael Blake: [00:17:18] I can understand that. And I’ve long thought, even though the standard playbook for startup entrepreneurs is hit up friends and family, right? On the other hand, that can lead to some very awkward Thanksgiving dinner conversations if things don’t go great.

Ed Rieker: [00:17:36] Absolutely.

Michael Blake: [00:17:37] Right?

Ed Rieker: [00:17:37] And the first one was what I would consider friend who had resources that actually funded the first one. And, of course, we don’t talk anymore. So-

Michael Blake: [00:17:50] Okay.

Ed Rieker: [00:17:50] Exactly right.

Michael Blake: [00:17:51] Yeah. So, that is a risk.

Ed Rieker: [00:17:52] Yeah, that’s the risk. Yeah.

Michael Blake: [00:17:55] So, it sounds to me like—well, I’m gonna ask the question for this. That’s why I have you here. To what extent were these sales planned versus opportunistic? They sound like a hybrid to me, kind of.

Ed Rieker: [00:18:07] Well, I think the first one was opportunistic because I really didn’t understand. I mean, I was an idiot on the first one. I really was. And I had a deep desire to create something, and a desire to perhaps bring that into the world and make it bigger. And what I didn’t understand was that through my immaturity, I was not a really good boss. Not only not a good employee, but not a good boss. And so, I think that having that sale hit me and all the emotional stuff that went with that, just reconsider a lot of stuff. At least, I did. And then, as I built teams that actually were the core of the success, you can’t be successful without a great team. I’m just really fortunate to have people that were able to help me, and teach me, and gather the things that we needed to be successful that we’re able to build these businesses up and sell them. So, I think I avoided your question. I am not sure I-

Michael Blake: [00:19:20] No, I think you, eventually, got around the answer.

Ed Rieker: [00:19:23] Yes.

Michael Blake: [00:19:23] Yeah. So, a common thread here is that all of your business is sold within two to three years or so. What did those businesses look like? What did they have in common that made them salable at that three-year period? Why do you—I’m sure it wasn’t luck.

Ed Rieker: [00:19:42] Well, yeah, it is luck. I mean, it’s—there’s a thing called the lucky bus that drives around. And if you’re standing out on the street, and the lucky bus stops in, and they say you’re ready to go, you got your bags packed, and you have your bags packed, and you’re ready to go, you can hop on the bus. And the bags packed is actually the work to be done, the job to be done. If the lucky bus stops, and they say you get your bags packed, and you go, “No, no, wait a minute, I’ll go finish packing,” when you come back out, the bus is gonna be gone.

Ed Rieker: [00:20:18] So, the idea I think we had going forward after the first one was to kind of always be in the way of a larger company. How could we—imagine this giant that’s walking or stumbling around. How can we annoy them enough that they’ll look down, and pick us up, and go, “Oh, yeah. This looks tasty. I’ll eat it.” That was the idea. So, what we did was we developed ways to deploy software and ideas in the world, so that we wound up in front of a large corporate entity that we knew eventually would probably want to do what we were doing, but they weren’t fast enough to be able to do it. And so, they would say, “Okay. Well, it’s just cheaper for us to kind of scoop this up and go with it.”

Michael Blake: [00:21:12] So, what that tells me is that your approach has been always be prepared to be opportunistic.

Ed Rieker: [00:21:18] Yes.

Michael Blake: [00:21:18] Right?

Ed Rieker: [00:21:19] So, yeah, to sell. Right. And to sell. And one of the things I would encourage entrepreneurs and CEOs to do is there’s a thing called due diligence, which is very exciting. And it’s even more exciting if it’s a public company because when they want to buy you, they really come and look at everything.

Michael Blake: [00:21:38] It’s basically a product logical exam without the anesthetic or-

Ed Rieker: [00:21:42] Yeah, yeah.

Michael Blake: [00:21:46] Just leave it-

Ed Rieker: [00:21:46] Yeah, yeah. And at last, not seconds, but hours and days. Yeah, absolutely.

Michael Blake: [00:21:51] Just to make it extra fun.

Ed Rieker: [00:21:52] Yeah, extra fun. So, what I learned after the first one was to create. And I’ll make it simple, like these little paper boxes that you put files in. So, when you’re doing things, like you have a contract, you have an employment agreement, or you have anything that’s paper that’s important that they’re going to look at later on, you just make a second copy and throw it in that box. And you know when the due diligence comes around, you can just go point at that box, and go, “All the stuff you want is in that box.” And it makes it a lot easier because when they do come and do due diligence, if you’re not ready, you’ve got to go through all your files and find this stuff. And it’s really time consuming.

Michael Blake: [00:22:34] And distracting.

Ed Rieker: [00:22:35] And distracting.

Michael Blake: [00:22:36] Right?

Ed Rieker: [00:22:36] Yes.

Michael Blake: [00:22:36] And, also, I gotta believe, and I’ve always advised clients about—on this, so I hope I’m right, there’s something to be said for making yourself easy to buy.

Ed Rieker: [00:22:49] Absolutely.

Michael Blake: [00:22:50] It doesn’t necessarily make you more or less valuable-

Ed Rieker: [00:22:52] Right.

Michael Blake: [00:22:52] … but just offering that path of least resistance.

Ed Rieker: [00:22:56] Well, what can happen is that, for instance, when you talked about opportunity, one of the purchases that was made on one of the software companies was that the public company had actually issued some bonds. So, they had gotten some cash, and they had a timeline when they had to spend that cash. So, you know.

Michael Blake: [00:23:17] So, that the government-

Ed Rieker: [00:23:19] Absolutely. We’ve got a budget to buy stuff. Let’s go buy stuff. And that’s somebody’s job to be done is to do an M&A.

Michael Blake: [00:23:26] Yeah.

Ed Rieker: [00:23:26] So, somebody at a corporate office is absolutely getting bonuses and pay on buying companies. So, there’s actually people that do that, and they have goals, and they have responsibilities. So, if they had this money, they had to spend by a certain time. So, it gave us a couple of things. It gave us the upper limit of the purchase. It gave us the timing. And then, we kind of—that gives you a leverage that perhaps they might not know that you know and helps you in the negotiations. So, you got to make sure that when you’re getting bought that you’re paying attention to those kind of things.

Michael Blake: [00:24:10] Boy, that’s interesting. That’s a a blog post I’ve been aching to write. But you’re right, there is sort of this moral hazard on the buy side when companies have a dedicated business development from an acquisition perspective or corporate development function, right?

Ed Rieker: [00:24:27] Right.

Michael Blake: [00:24:28] Those are people who are judged based on how much stuff they buy.

Ed Rieker: [00:24:31] Yeah.

Michael Blake: [00:24:32] And often, whether or not it’s a good acquisition or not, there’s so much turnover. Those people aren’t around-

Ed Rieker: [00:24:36] Yeah.

Michael Blake: [00:24:37] …  whether it’s a good deal or not, right? And although the prudent thing to do, because we have a pro deal bias, the prudent thing to do may be to walk away from a deal. Nobody ever gets interviewed on Bloomberg or on The Wall Street Journal for someone who walked away from a deal.

Ed Rieker: [00:24:54] That’s correct.

Michael Blake: [00:24:55] It’s never happened.

Ed Rieker: [00:24:56] Yeah, yeah.

Michael Blake: [00:24:56] Right?

Ed Rieker: [00:24:58] Yeah.

Michael Blake: [00:24:58] So, if you are being approached by someone that’s got that corporate development function, they need wins.

Ed Rieker: [00:25:04] Yeah. They need wins.

Michael Blake: [00:25:04] They just do.

Ed Rieker: [00:25:04] And they need certain dollar ranges that they’re buying in. There are certain ways that they’re buying in terms of how they model their transactions. So, cash, stock, earnouts, what happens to the founders, what happens to the team. All those things are consideration. A lot of us think about the buyout as being, “Oh, it’s a certain dollar amount,” but there’s a lot of nuance that you can create for yourself and your team that you can do in a deal.

Michael Blake: [00:25:35] And I don’t know if you’ve been in this situation because your model for building and selling a business has been so focused on a venture capital type model, but I am going to throw it out there anyway. And that is, are there signs out there where an owner needs to think about actively selling a business as opposed to being opportunistic that you can think of, or maybe you’ve experienced it where we’re at a point now where it’s really time for this business to sell, or it’s time for me to get out, or some combination? Is that something you can speak to?

Ed Rieker: [00:26:07] Yeah, sure. I think that that’s an interesting thing that happens. There’s cycles that we see. We’re in a happy time right now. It’s not going to continue to be a happy time. And that’s just the way the market works.

Michael Blake: [00:26:21] Yeah.

Ed Rieker: [00:26:22] So, I own some commercial real estate now. Now, I’m thinking about it’s time to sell because I think we’re in a pretty good place in the market. And I think that’s also true of a business. There could be things going on with the team, there could be things that you know about the technology and perhaps where it’s going that you may want to try to cash out. So, absolutely. I think an example for that for me was that 2008 was the precursor to a horrible 2009. And we had the online community, and there was a company that was rolling communities up. And they had approached us about selling the year before, and we said no because we were still—revenues were rising, and we were still building things. And I was of a mindset that, “Oh, this is going to continue and go up next year.” And the guy that was wanting to buy us, we’re on the phone, and he’s literally screaming at me on the phone saying, “Take the cash, take the cash, I’ll pay all cash.” And I’m saying, “No, I think we’ll be worth more next year.” Well, guess what? We weren’t worth more.

Michael Blake: [00:27:44] It didn’t work out.

Ed Rieker: [00:27:45] It didn’t work out. It went down, and it took us a couple more years to sell it.

Michael Blake: [00:27:49] Huh! Okay.

Ed Rieker: [00:27:51] Yeah.

Michael Blake: [00:27:51] So, when you sold your businesses, were these do-it-yourself jobs, or did you kind of put a team around you to help you?

Ed Rieker: [00:27:58] Well, the team part is the CPA and, also, we used the same legal team to do the sell part. The deal structure, the first one, I was a minority shareholder in. And so, I wasn’t as involved in that and progressively got more involved in the other ones and pretty much full on. I think the idea is that you agree on a face to face, usually. You kind of agree with the principles. This is the price, the terms, what happens to the team, what happens to you? Then, you kind of wind up with maybe a one page or a page and a half. And then-

Michael Blake: [00:28:42] It’s called a term sheet-

Ed Rieker: [00:28:43] Yeah, yeah, yes.

Michael Blake: [00:28:43] … for those of us in the audience.

Ed Rieker: [00:28:44] Term sheet.

Michael Blake: [00:28:44] Yeah, term sheet.

Ed Rieker: [00:28:45] Thank you. I knew there was a name for that. And then, what happens is that two pages turns into 30 or 50 pages of mind-numbing legalese fees and schedules.

Michael Blake: [00:28:58] Oh, boy, you’re not kidding.

Ed Rieker: [00:28:59] Yeah. And so, that’s-.

Michael Blake: [00:29:00] Except, it’s only one of the most important decisions in your life, so you have to read it.

Ed Rieker: [00:29:04] You have to read it. And you have to have a team that can interpret it for you. And you have to have, both on the financial side and on the legal side, someone to make sure that what you think is happening in your head is actually what’s in the document. That’s the most important thing. It’s like you can look at the documents, and you can see what the outcome will be if certain things happen. I got tripped up once by one word in a document that was part of an earnout. And, it costs a big bucket of money because we interpreted that word differently than what it actually meant. And that was one word in probably a 40-page document.

Michael Blake: [00:29:53] Whew!

Ed Rieker: [00:29:54] Ouch.

Michael Blake: [00:29:54] Yeah.

Ed Rieker: [00:29:55] And so—yeah, but unless you make those mistakes and see them, you can’t learn from them, so.

Michael Blake: [00:30:01] Well, yeah. And exactly why I think you have such a fascinating and valuable perspective because you’ve had the opportunity to make those mistakes live to fight another day, right? And like you said, most people don’t see four transaction. They don’t see four sales.

Ed Rieker: [00:30:17] Right.

Michael Blake: [00:30:17] We’ll see one.

Ed Rieker: [00:30:18] Yeah. I’ve been lucky. Absolutely.

Michael Blake: [00:30:21] So, at any point, as you were considering a sale, were you concerned over what would happen the day after, what would you happen to you the day after you wake up, all of a sudden, there’s no office you have to be in?

Ed Rieker: [00:30:35] Well, that there was never a no office to be in. There is always a time you have to stay with the business. And after the first one, I was able to say, “All right. I know my job to be done in the world is to start them and to sell them.” So, I know when the new people come in, I want to underpromise and overdeliver. But I also want to have a team in place to where the business really doesn’t need me. My job was to think about the really big things. And so, usually, by the time the deal was done or even before that, I would be envisioning the next thing that I would be building. And that’s always been the case is that, “Okay. I know it’s time to sell because I’m thinking about something else.”

Michael Blake: [00:31:22] Did you ever find that being involved in a sale was kind of an emotional roller coaster?

Ed Rieker: [00:31:28] It’s absolutely an emotional roller coaster all the time. And remember, this idea of kind of looking at every six months, someone calls you, and they say, “Hey, maybe we should do a deal.” Well, I would do those to see kind of what the value is, to see how prepared I was, to see if our story was right, and to see if it was a real deal. And sometimes, there are corporations that want to really go to school on you. So, they’ll say, “Hey, we’re interested in buying you.” And you go, “Oh, that’s exciting. Come on in. I’ll tell you everything.”

Michael Blake: [00:32:01] Right.

Ed Rieker: [00:32:03] And then, they go, “Oh, we’ve decided to build it ourselves. Thanks.”

Michael Blake: [00:32:05] You’re totally catfished.

Ed Rieker: [00:32:07] Yeah-

Michael Blake: [00:32:07] Basically.

Ed Rieker: [00:32:07] Absolutely. So, you have to know at what point when you go, “Oh, these guys are going to school,” and then you just kind of shut it down. So, I’ve had those experiences where I’m like, “Oh, okay. Yeah. No, I’m not going to show you that. Thanks.”

Michael Blake: [00:32:26] And how about within? I mean, in my experiences, most deals are called off, at least, once before they ultimately happen.

Ed Rieker: [00:32:36] Yeah, absolutely.

Michael Blake: [00:32:36] Right?

Ed Rieker: [00:32:37] Yeah.

Michael Blake: [00:32:37] And how do you kind of stick with that and keep a level head as opposed to just setting up a YouTube video of yourself taking a baseball bat to a roomful of computers and file cabinets or maybe you do that, and that’s how you sort of keep your head on straight?

Ed Rieker: [00:32:51] Right. That’s-

Michael Blake: [00:32:52] How do you manage that?

Ed Rieker: [00:32:53] That’s why glassware is always in danger when you’re around me. So, please don’t bring me glassware. I think the idea is to isolate it from the team and compartmentalize it in your brand because what can happen, I’ve seen this with teams, where the CEO gets excited about a sale, and they move off the mark of what they’re trying to do with growing the business. And these things can take six months, a year. It can take that long to find out it’s a folly. So, if you’re get pulled off growing the business, what happens is your business dips. So, your next sell gets delayed because you’ve got to build that back up. So, the idea is isolate it from the team until you actually have a term sheet that looks real, and looks doable, and maybe even the first draft of the purchase agreement. And then, make sure that while you’re doing that, you’re continually serving the business.

Michael Blake: [00:33:54] And that’s another great reason to sort of have your due—basically build your due diligence package as you go along-

Ed Rieker: [00:34:00] Absolutely.

Michael Blake: [00:34:00] … because, then, you don’t have to bring your team in.

Ed Rieker: [00:34:02] Yeah.

Michael Blake: [00:34:04] And there’s no sort of smoking gun.

Ed Rieker: [00:34:05] Right.

Michael Blake: [00:34:06] If you’ve hired people that are smart, you start to ask for documents, all of a sudden, they’ll realize that’s why.

Ed Rieker: [00:34:11] Yeah.

Michael Blake: [00:34:12] Right? But if all of a sudden, you just have this box, you just say, “Here,” then that gives you the option-

Ed Rieker: [00:34:17] Right.

Michael Blake: [00:34:17] … to be able to let more-

Ed Rieker: [00:34:17] If you’re walking around saying, “Can you sign this employment agreement really quickly?” yeah, it’s a little late.

Michael Blake: [00:34:24] Yeah. My lawyer will be back to you with some thoughts on what I’d like in order to sign that agreement.

Ed Rieker: [00:34:32] Yes.

Michael Blake: [00:34:32] And some of the other side to that too is deals die a thousand deaths, but, also, deals are never done until they’re done. And I think I’ve seen, as you’ve probably seen it too, is plenty of businesses die while they’re up for sale-

Ed Rieker: [00:34:52] Yeah.

Michael Blake: [00:34:53] … because the process of selling a business really becomes a full-time job.

Ed Rieker: [00:34:56] Right.

Michael Blake: [00:34:57] And it can very easily distract you from actually running your business to the point where maybe a deal just doesn’t happen because it doesn’t happen, or I’ve seen—I’ve even seen it where the business has deteriorated so much during the due diligence process that it’s just no longer the valuable asset that prompted the initial proposal to buy in the first place.

Ed Rieker: [00:35:17] Yeah, absolutely.

Michael Blake: [00:35:18] Right?

Ed Rieker: [00:35:19] That’s correct, yeah.

Michael Blake: [00:35:20] And that’s why it’s important, I guess, to have those advisors and have that due diligence ready to go because you’ve got to just accept that it’s two full-time jobs.

Ed Rieker: [00:35:29] Yeah. It’s the exact same thing as raising capital, only you’re selling the business. It’s the same kind of process. And so, when you’re raising institutional money, you’re also doing the same kind of things, and it’s the same kind of roller coaster, but it’s the end game.

Michael Blake: [00:35:49] And I’ll share with you a secret that I tell my buy side clients.

Ed Rieker: [00:35:53] Oh, a secret?

Michael Blake: [00:35:53] Yeah, a secret is that many sellers, if they’ve never sold a business before, they start to get what I call Costa Rica syndrome-

Ed Rieker: [00:36:05] Yeah.

Michael Blake: [00:36:06] … which means that mentally, the second they think that those dollars are coming in-

Ed Rieker: [00:36:11] Yeah.

Michael Blake: [00:36:12] … they’re already halfway to their condo in Costa Rica.

Ed Rieker: [00:36:16] Yeah, absolutely.

Michael Blake: [00:36:17] Right?

Ed Rieker: [00:36:17] Yeah.

Michael Blake: [00:36:18] And once they’re there, the buyer acquires extraordinary leverage.

Ed Rieker: [00:36:24] Absolutely.

Michael Blake: [00:36:25] Right?

Ed Rieker: [00:36:25] Yeah.

Michael Blake: [00:36:25] And even for [indiscernible], let’s say that initially talked about a $10 million purchase price, well, in our due diligence, really, I only want to pay seven.

Ed Rieker: [00:36:34] Yeah.

Michael Blake: [00:36:35] Right? And if the seller has exposed themselves where the business is going to be hard to recover but, also, mentally-

Ed Rieker: [00:36:43] Yeah.

Michael Blake: [00:36:43] … they have to now say—they have to get back from their tropical paradise.

Ed Rieker: [00:36:48] Yeah.

Michael Blake: [00:36:49] Right? And cocktail drinks and so forth. They come back. They don’t want to do that. Now, they’re just looking at that $3 million difference as a number. But, well, I still got $7 million left. Just let me do this, so I can go to my Costa Rica.

Ed Rieker: [00:37:04] Right.

Michael Blake: [00:37:04] Right?

Ed Rieker: [00:37:04] Yeah.

Michael Blake: [00:37:04] And I think it confers a tremendous amount of leverage-

Ed Rieker: [00:37:09] Yeah.

Michael Blake: [00:37:09] … for the buyer.

Ed Rieker: [00:37:11] Yeah. I’ve had stuff happen at closing or right before closing where a buyer will come back and say, “Well, maybe we should do this,” and you have to be prepared to say no.

Michael Blake: [00:37:23] Yeah.

Ed Rieker: [00:37:24] You have to be able to say, “You know what? That’s okay. We’ll pass.”

Michael Blake: [00:37:29] Yeah, that’s right.

Ed Rieker: [00:37:30] So-

Michael Blake: [00:37:30] If you can’t walk away from a deal of any kind, you’re not negotiating. You’re just asking.

Ed Rieker: [00:37:36] Yeah. And that’s the part about the business. If your business is solid enough that you can say no, that’s a great business to have because that means there’s gonna be another buyer. And also, you always want to have a horse race, even if it’s a pretend horse. So, that-

Michael Blake: [00:37:55] The stalking horse.

Ed Rieker: [00:37:56] Yes. So, that when you’re winding up with a single buyer, there’s always this other entity that perhaps might pay more, or do quicker, or be kinder to your employees, that sort of thing. So, a one-buyer deal is really no fun.

Michael Blake: [00:38:12] Well, and even by setting yourself up the way that you’ve described, the other horse is you, as yourself, right?

Ed Rieker: [00:38:19] Right, yeah, you can stick around.

Michael Blake: [00:38:19] I can always not sell.

Ed Rieker: [00:38:21] Yeah.

Michael Blake: [00:38:22] And because I’m the idea person and not the operational person, my lifestyle is still okay.

Ed Rieker: [00:38:30] Yeah.

Michael Blake: [00:38:30] Right? And we’ll just sort of reset and wait for the next person. And that makes you pretty much impervious to the Costa Rica syndrome.

Ed Rieker: [00:38:40] Yeah.

Michael Blake: [00:38:40] And nothing against Costa Rica. I could have just as easily said Tahiti, but a friend of mine-

Ed Rieker: [00:38:44] Yeah, or Macon, Georgia.

Michael Blake: [00:38:46] Or Macon, Georgia, yeah.

Ed Rieker: [00:38:46] Absolutely.

Michael Blake: [00:38:46] But a friend—one of my clients sold a business, went down to Costa Rica, and they love it, so.

Ed Rieker: [00:38:51] Yeah.

Michael Blake: [00:38:53] Well, this has been great. We’re sort of running out of time here, but there’s a lot of ground that could be covered. If somebody is kind of thinking about maybe selling their own business, could they contact you for a little bit of advice?

Ed Rieker: [00:39:04] Sure, absolutely. Yeah.

Michael Blake: [00:39:05] How will be the best way for them to do that?

Ed Rieker: [00:39:07] Send me an email, ed@softlinc.com. S-O-F-T-L-I-N-C dot com.

Michael Blake: [00:39:14] Okay.

Ed Rieker: [00:39:15] Or call Mike. Yeah.

Michael Blake: [00:39:17] There you go. But Ed might be free. I know that I’m not.

Ed Rieker: [00:39:21] Yeah.

Michael Blake: [00:39:22] So, that’s gonna wrap it up for today’s program. I’d like to thank Ed Rieker so much for joining us and sharing his expertise with us. We’ll be exploring a new topic each week. So, please tune in, so that when you’re faced with your next business decision, you have clear vision when making it. If you enjoy this podcast, please consider leaving a review with your favorite podcast aggregator. It helps people find us, so that we can help them. Once again, this is Mike Blake. Our sponsor is Brady Ware & Company. And this has been the Decision Vision Podcast.

Tagged With: CPa, CPA firm, Dayton accounting, Dayton business advisory, Dayton CPA, Dayton CPA firm, Decision Vision, due diligence packages, due dilligence, earn-out, Ed Rieker, emotional roller coaster, merging a business, Michael Blake, Mike Blake, selling a business, serial entrepreneur, strategic acquisition, technology acquisition, valuation

Decision Vision Episode 32: Do I Need a Succession Plan? – An Interview with Bruce Gaynes, Kitchens Kelley Gaynes P.C.

September 19, 2019 by John Ray

Decision Vision
Decision Vision
Decision Vision Episode 32: Do I Need a Succession Plan? – An Interview with Bruce Gaynes, Kitchens Kelley Gaynes P.C.
Loading
00:00 /
RSS Feed
Share
Link
Embed

Download file

Mike Blake and Bruce Gaynes

Decision Vision Episode 32: Do I Need a Succession Plan? – An Interview with Bruce Gaynes, Kitchens Kelley Gaynes P.C.

“All of us will exit, voluntarily or not.” Words to ponder from “Decision Vision” host Mike Blake’s conversation with Bruce Gaynes, Kitchens Kelley Gaynes P.C. What are the three most important aspects of a succession plan? What are the different options I should consider in planning for the next steps in my business? These questions and more are addressed in this “Decision Vision” interview, presented by Brady Ware & Company.

Bruce Gaynes, Kitchens Kelley Gaynes P.C.

Bruce Gaynes

Bruce Gaynes, a founding shareholder of Kitchens Kelley Gaynes P.C., has over 35 years of experience helping clients. Prior to practicing law, he worked in the tax department of a national accounting firm and became a Certified Public Accountant. His law practice focuses on corporate, estate planning and tax matters.

Bruce’s work involves all sizes and forms of entities. He handles matters concerning the full business life cycle, beginning with organizational structuring and formation. As business and professional practices develop and grow, Bruce helps them properly document and protect themselves, in ways such as operating agreements and shareholder agreements, with independent contractor agreements, employment contracts, and non-disclosure agreements, and with other commercial transaction agreements. As clients look for exit strategies Bruce negotiates merger and acquisition documents, advises families on gifting techniques, formulates reorganization strategies, and spearheads family and tax planning.

As part of his work for business owners, executives, and professionals, Bruce maintains an estate planning practice, counseling individuals and families in their tax-reduction and asset-transfer strategies. As a consequence of his involvement in trust and estate law, Bruce also has extensive experience helping clients with probate matters.

Kitchens Kelley Gaynes, P.C. has been providing experienced legal representation for clients in virtually all areas of industry and commerce since 1985. We work closely with our clients to form long-term relationships based on top quality work and realistic legal advice. Our clients trust us to listen to them, understand their businesses and craft reliable legal strategies that will help them achieve their goals. Every client, no matter the size, receives the same quick, efficient and effective response.

For more information on the firm, go to their website, or you can call Bruce directly at (404) 467-7526.

Michael Blake, Brady Ware & Company

Mike Blake, Host of “Decision Vision”

Michael Blake is Host of the “Decision Vision” podcast series and a Director of Brady Ware & Company. Mike specializes in the valuation of intellectual property-driven firms, such as software firms, aerospace firms and professional services firms, most frequently in the capacity as a transaction advisor, helping clients obtain great outcomes from complex transaction opportunities. He is also a specialist in the appraisal of intellectual properties as stand-alone assets, such as software, trade secrets, and patents.

Mike has been a full-time business appraiser for 13 years with public accounting firms, boutique business appraisal firms, and an owner of his own firm. Prior to that, he spent 8 years in venture capital and investment banking, including transactions in the U.S., Israel, Russia, Ukraine, and Belarus.

Brady Ware & Company

Brady Ware & Company is a regional full-service accounting and advisory firm which helps businesses and entrepreneurs make visions a reality. Brady Ware services clients nationally from its offices in Alpharetta, GA; Columbus and Dayton, OH; and Richmond, IN. The firm is growth minded, committed to the regions in which they operate, and most importantly, they make significant investments in their people and service offerings to meet the changing financial needs of those they are privileged to serve. The firm is dedicated to providing results that make a difference for its clients.

Decision Vision Podcast Series

“Decision Vision” is a podcast covering topics and issues facing small business owners and connecting them with solutions from leading experts. This series is presented by Brady Ware & Company. If you are a decision maker for a small business, we’d love to hear from you. Contact us at decisionvision@bradyware.com and make sure to listen to every Thursday to the “Decision Vision” podcast. Past episodes of “Decision Vision” can be found here. “Decision Vision” is produced and broadcast by the North Fulton studio of Business RadioX®.

Visit Brady Ware & Company on social media:

LinkedIn:  https://www.linkedin.com/company/brady-ware/

Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/bradywareCPAs/

Twitter: https://twitter.com/BradyWare

Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/bradywarecompany/

Show Transcript

Intro: Welcome to Decision Vision, a podcast series focusing on critical business decisions, brought to you by Brady Ware & Company. Brady Ware is a regional, full-service accounting and advisory firm that helps businesses and entrepreneurs make vision a reality.

Michael Blake: And welcome to Decision Vision, a podcast giving you, the listener, clear vision to make great decisions. In each episode, we discuss the process of decision making on a different topic. But rather than making recommendations because everyone’s circumstances are different, we talk to subject matter experts for how they would recommend thinking about that decision.

Michael Blake: My name is Mike Blake, and I’m your host for today’s program. I’m a Director at Brady Ware & Company, a full-service accounting firm based in Dayton, Ohio, with offices in Dayton;  Columbus, Ohio; Richmond, Indiana; and Alpharetta, Georgia, which is where we are recording today. Brady Ware is sponsoring this podcast. If you like this podcast, please subscribe to your favorite podcast aggregator and please also consider leaving a review of the podcast as well.

Michael Blake: So, our topic for today is, do I need a succession plan? And I’m intrigued by this topic for a number of reasons. One, as things have sort of worked out, I’m doing a lot of work in the succession planning area, and the dynastic wealth or intergenerational wealth preservation area, and developing strategies to to execute that, figuring out what works, what doesn’t, and helping families build governance around that, so that we don’t have the issues, the so-called shirtsleeves-to-shirtsleeves phenomenon where wealth made in one generation is typically gone by generation three. And in the podcast that was released in the week before, this one had Chris Demetree on talking about establishing a family office, which is one vehicle that is often used to do that.

Michael Blake: And so, this is an area that I like to think that I’ve learned quite a bit about in the last few years I’ve been doing this. It’s also intriguing because I find it somewhat countercultural. We have, I think, in our society and our economy a a pro exit bias. And we talk with entrepreneurs, you talk to venture capitalists, you talk to people in business, and the goal is about exiting. How do I get out? How do we jump off the plane? How do I start to take my chips off the table, and retire, and have a boat that is so big that when people step on it, it does not move? And that’s fine, sort of, as far as it goes.

Michael Blake: But I think it does kind of other options and injustice because there is no law out there that says that the only way to become wealthy and financially self-sufficient, financially independent, and financially impactful is to have an exit. In fact, and maybe there’s something else I’ll do in a podcast later, but there is significant empirical data that suggests that one of the worst things you can do to preserve family wealth over an extended period of time is exit.

Michael Blake: And the reason for that is twofold. One is because, now, you’re liquid. So, it’s easier to do dumb things with your wealth because you can now spend it. And second is that when there’s no longer a family enterprise, there’s less of a reason for the family to be cohesive. It’s easier for everybody to kind of go off and do their own things. And you lose some of the the scale economy’s benefit of having that that wealth kind of amass and in one place. And when it comes to wealth, as some often is greater than the sum of its parts in terms of the impact that you can make. So, I think it’s important to have this voice out there that talks about the other options available other than simply exiting because you don’t necessarily need to do that.

Michael Blake: And I’m not necessarily an expert, but I scratch my head for about two seconds. Then, I remembered a friend of mine who is an expert. And that friend of mine is Bruce Gaynes. And Bruce is a founding shareholder of Kitchens Kelley Gaynes, has over 40 years of experience helping clients, and before practicing law, worked in the tax department of a national accounting firm, and became a CPA. So, he’s your double threat. His law practice focuses on corporate, estate planning, and tax matters. His work involves all sizes and forms of entities. He handles matters concerning the full business lifecycle, beginning with organizational structuring and formation. As businesses and professional practices develop and grow, Bruce helps them properly document and protect themselves with the use of operating and shareholder agreements, independent contractor, and employment contracts, non-disclosure and non-compete agreements, and other documents. As clients look for exit strategies, Bruce negotiates merger and acquisition documents, advises families on gifting techniques, formulates reorganization strategies, and spearheads family and tax planning.

Michael Blake: And I’ll add to that is that he is also the longtime host—I don’t know if he is the founder or not. We’ll ask him about that. He’s the host of the Succession Planning Group, which he’s been hosting in Buckhead for as long as I’ve known him, which has been over a decade, which involves a group of professionals that talk about not exiting, but actually the process of planning for succession and planning for enterprises to go beyond simply their founder or their direct descendants. As part of his work for business owners, executives, and professionals, Bruce maintains an estate planning practice counseling individuals and families in their tax reduction and asset transfer strategies. As a consequence of his involvement and trust and state law, Bruce has extensive experience helping clients with probate matters. Bruce, welcome to the program.

Bruce Gaynes: Thank you very much.

Michael Blake: So, Bruce, like I said, I’ve teed you up. You know, I think you’re about as knowledgeable about succession planning as certainly as anybody I know. So, let’s help people understand what that is. I have a vocabulary reset here or a vocabulary set. What is succession planning?

Bruce Gaynes: Okay. Well, actually, let me say that at the outset that I think that I view the whole topic a little more broadly than you do because I look at this kind of planning as being alternative choices about do we, for instance, keep the company with insiders? And by the insiders, I mean people who are perhaps relatives or people who are not relatives but who are working inside the business, or do we have this go to outsiders? And that’s an important question, because all businesses or all all owners of businesses are going to exit at one point or another. They may do it voluntarily. They may do it involuntarily. And involuntarily might be going bankrupt. It might be just closing down the business because it’s—they’re tired of doing it. It might be just dying or becoming disabled. And so, they might leave, as they say, feet first.

Bruce Gaynes: So, the role of of our law firm is to help our clients maintain control of what’s going to happen in their future. And some of that may involve disposing of the business in a way that’s perhaps more favorable to the owner, either because they are happy that they are keeping it within the family or keeping it within the employee group or because they are going to cash out and sell to a third party. Those are the two primary ways that businesses are disposed of in one fashion or another.

Bruce Gaynes: And the other way that sometimes you see, it’s not very common, but there are also opportunities to go out of a business through an ESOP, an employee stock ownership plan. But that really requires a whole different set of circumstances. You absolutely have to have a bunch of people who are there, who can operate the business without you, which, sometimes, you have people who can be successful as long as the owner is there. Their ability to succeed going forward is dependent sometimes upon them having the proper direction or the proper knowledge. Furthermore, they’ve got to be able to run the business in a manner where cash flows enough, so that the ESPO works. And by the ESOP working, that means that that the ESOP is able to pay normally through a loan, pay for the purchase of the stock of the owner.

Michael Blake: Okay, yeah. And that’s fair. And certainly, in fact, later today, we’re recording a podcast on exiting the business through a sale. But, you know, I mean, it’s my own personal opinion. I do think that the exit by sale is, sort of, the sexier, higher visibility kind of path, right? Everybody loves a good exit. Nobody really—nobody ever writes in The Wall Street Journal about, sort of, a peaceful transition of a business internally, right? But it’s important, obviously, sort of to have all those options on the table.

Bruce Gaynes: Yes. And I think they all need to be considered together, and the same solution doesn’t work for all businesses. Every business is different, and the considerations are different. But the whole idea in putting together a succession plan is to evaluate. Make that evaluation of what’s the proper next step for the business. Put it down in writing in a written plan, and then to implement that plan. And normally, that’s something that takes place over time. And so, ideally we’d like to have at least a few years, some say maybe as many as five, but we want to be able to plan this out because not every business is ready for some form of disposition. Again, whether it’s internal or whether it’s external, it does take some planning in advance.

Michael Blake: Yeah. You know, like you said, I think that’s a great quote. We all will exit, right? Sometimes voluntarily, sometimes not. And if you really decide you’re going to hang on to the very end, it’s sort of feet first. And so, when we talk about—and what I like about what you’re describing too is that, sometimes, a succession plan means that a succession in the classical sense just may not be feasible, right?

Bruce Gaynes: Right.

Michael Blake: Or it may—and it may not be feasible from an economic perspective. It may not be feasible from a family politics perspective, things that have nothing to do, at least, directly with economics. So, you know—and if you know how to do that, if you kind of know that going in, right, that means you’re not going to waste a lot of time and energy on things that just aren’t going to work out.

Bruce Gaynes: Right, right.

Michael Blake: And I think that’s critical.

Bruce Gaynes: And sometimes you have to find out what’s going to work and what’s not, because it’s sometimes the owner assumes that something will work, but they don’t necessarily have the objectivity that that is required to evaluate it. Sometimes, they don’t even have the conversation, particularly if they want to keep it inside the family. They just assume that son or daughter is ready to take over the business. And when you talk to son and daughter, they may not have any intention at all of staying in the business after mom or dad is gone.

Michael Blake: And I think I think adding to that, I mean, you know, we both know we’ve been around long enough. We know that when you have this Venn diagram of family and money, conversations get awkward-

Bruce Gaynes: Yes.

Michael Blake: … at a minimum, or, sometimes, it never happened at all, which is where it kind of where we come back to the succession planning. And I’m curious. if you agree with my observation. I think for a lot of business owners, succession planning is up there with writing a will and taking out a life insurance policy because, in some respect, you’re confronting your mortality.

Bruce Gaynes: Yes. But it’s more than that because, you know, sometimes, people have an awful lot tied up in their business in terms of their own self-evaluation, their own ego, et cetera. Their own purpose in life is, sometimes, tied up in what they do 40 plus hours a week. And so, for a lot of people, it may be even more difficult than death because after death, there’s not much that they need to do. But during their lifetime, they’ve got to figure out, “Okay, how is this going to affect the way I look at myself? How is this going to affect the way other people look at me and treat me? Are they going to ignore me now that I’m no longer the boss?”.

Bruce Gaynes: And then, they also have to confront, what am I going to do now? You know, am I going to be happy playing golf seven days a week, or tennis, or whatever else they might do? What are they going to do to find any kind of meaning at all in their existence? Some people have a great deal of difficulty facing that. Just this past week, I was talking to a friend of mine who left an executive position in a major company, and he’s not had any problem at all, but I do find that his carefree feeling about what he’s doing now is probably less common than the complaint of, “I left my business. Now, I’ve got—I’m trying to figure out what it is I want to do with myself.”

Michael Blake: So, when a lot of people think about succession planning, I think a lot of people’s minds turn to this notion of managing tax liability. And taxes in a succession can be very important. In fact, one reason between the New York Yankees and the Washington Redskins is that the Yankees apparently have very good tax planning because the Steinbrenner is still on the team, right. But when Jack Kent Cooke died, the Washington Redskins did not, and Dan Snyder, and people are gonna start booing at their radios now for Redskins fan, but Dan Snyder is on that team primarily because they couldn’t afford to pay the taxes to keep the team, basically. But it’s—I mean, that’s part of it, but it’s also more than that, isn’t it?

Bruce Gaynes: Well, yes. The taxes are important because, certainly, almost every client wants to minimize estate gift to income taxes. And that’s going to be part of the plan is to consider those aspects of it because it’s going to have a direct impact on what the owner is going to be able to take away from the business. And by the way, that’s irrespective of whether it’s an inside or outside transfer, you’ve got to figure and think about the taxes either way. But that’s not the the only goal of entering into the succession planning arena, and doing so with both feet, and being serious about this as a critical part of the business and the business life cycle. You want to figure out, for instance, for the owner, if they’re going to dispose of the company, and they might be bought out by a third party or might be bought out by an insider. What is it that they’re really going to need in order to retire or move on to the next phase of their of their life?

Bruce Gaynes: They also want to think about—and this is why it takes some planning and some advance preparation, they want to think about what it is they need to do with, if anything, to build their business, to get to that point where they’re going to walk away with enough money to to satisfy themselves. They’ve got to get each element of the business that they can under contract. When I talk about element of the business, I’m talking about having employees who have agreed contractually to stay on for a particular period of time, to not compete with the company because a buyer isn’t going to want to buy a business, and then find out that the sales force just left and created their own competing company.

Bruce Gaynes: And that’s a a serious risk. Normally, you want to find a management team that’s going to stay on, with whom you had a serious discussion about the fact that they’re being hired or their continued employment is premised upon the fact that they are going to be around after the sale, and it may be appropriate to compensate them for that, but that would be a matter of arranging things in a way, a smart way, so that your management team doesn’t walk off just as you’re negotiating a transfer of the stock, again either to an insider or outsider. These are considerations really for either situation, maybe that you need to increase the earnings, the EBITDA, the earning earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization. It may involve even jettisoning certain aspects of the business to make it attractive for the next owners to come in.

Bruce Gaynes: I’m working on a case right now where we’ve got a company that is in the construction business, and they’ve got a retail operation. The retail operation is a little bit of a distraction, both in terms of time and money, and it’s not part of their core business, and it makes their company less attractive to others who might be coming along. And they’re in a situation where they’ve got people inside the business, younger generation inside the business, that could take it over, but they might decide to go sell to an outsider.

Michael Blake: And, you know, these things you’re talking about, they are so much more expensive to solve when there’s a transaction on the table than when there isn’t, right?

Bruce Gaynes: Right. That’s right.

Michael Blake: Because these people are not dumb if you hired correctly, and they’re going to stay when they have leverage.

Bruce Gaynes: Yes.

Michael Blake: Right? And that gets to, you know, looking at things years in advance. It’s not just because businesses are aircraft carriers, and they just have a very long or wide turning radius. It’s also you can just imagine if you go to an employee and said, “You know what, I like to sell my business, and I’ve got $20 million dollar offer on the table, but they won’t do that deal unless you agree to stay for two years,” right? Well, well, well.

Bruce Gaynes: Right, right.

Michael Blake: I am going to call my attorney, and I’ll be back in touch with you in about a week or so with my list of requests-.

Bruce Gaynes: Right.

Michael Blake: … in order to agree to a stay bonus and signing [crosstalk]-

Bruce Gaynes: Like terrorists, yeah.

Michael Blake: Yeah, exactly right. Exactly right. So, now, I introduced the show from a long-term succession planning perspective. But there’s also a different time horizon, which is the short-term succession planning perspective to write and, really, it’s more like contingency planning or an unexpected succession but, nevertheless, it’s a kind of succession, right? I mean, that’s something that’s also important to think about, isn’t it?

Bruce Gaynes: Right, it is. It is. Many years ago, I had a client—and succession planning is not just for brick and mortar businesses. It can be for service businesses. And this particular client was a CPA who had a firm that had no other CPAs in it. He had, essentially, bookkeepers working for him. And he was concerned about his clients, and it wasn’t really quite as much a matter of, “How am I going to make money out of this?” but he was concerned about what happens if something happens, you know, “If I die, become disabled, who’s going to take over my practice, and see that my client’s tax returns get filed on a timely basis?”.

Bruce Gaynes: And so, frequently, if you had a firm that had several accountants, you might have some sort of buy/sell agreement between the the the owner, the practice, and people who were familiar with the clients, who are working on the clients, they would be the logical people to take it over. But he didn’t have that because he couldn’t continue as a CPA firm unless it had a CPA who is running the firm. And so, what we actually did is we reached out to a friendly competitor, and we did a buy/sell agreement between the two CPAs, and so that if one or the other were to be unable to continue to practice, the one who was able to continue would be able to take it over. There would be a set formula for determining what was going to be paid for that, and it would then inure to the benefit of the possibly disabled CPA or perhaps to the family if the CPA passed away.

Bruce Gaynes: So, that’s the contingency type of planning that really is still part of that larger picture of succession planning. When we do think of succession planning, traditionally, we think about something that’s more long term, three years, five years, as I mentioned. And it would involve trying to possibly improve the businesses, so that the next parties are able to run it more successfully, or pay more for it, or able to achieve some other goal.

Michael Blake: So, when we talk about a succession plan, is it something that needs to be a formal document? Do people maybe just take notes on their phone? Is it on a napkin someplace? Is there a 60-page document? What, in your mind, is the kind of deliverable, if you will, of a succession plan?

Bruce Gaynes: Well, I think it’s very important to have one that’s written. Does it have to be that way? No, but I think it’s much better because if you have a written plan, it records what your thought was back in 2019. And then, you know, in 2027, when you’re looking back at it, you’ve got some sort of track record of, what did you have in 2019? How have things changed? And it’s part of your overall general strategic plan for the business. But the succession plan itself is something that ought to be in writing (A), for the owner himself or herself; and then, (B), for others if the owner is no longer around, if we do have that situation where the owner is taken out of the business rather suddenly. So, the least, they’ve got some sort of idea. Plus, it becomes the basis for how you’re going to make the business better.

Michael Blake: And there is a lot of legal documentation that can go along with it. And in addition to aN overall sort of non-legal strategic plan, it may involve getting restrictive covenants, what we sometimes call covenants not to compete or covenants not to solicit. Maybe a function of getting that in place, getting confidentiality agreements in place. It may be other forms of buy/sell agreements. Maybe even agreements that deal with co-ownership such as shareholder agreements or LLC operating agreements in place. It may involve having a lease. A lot of businesses, at least, in part, the success of the business is dependent upon their location. If you don’t have a good lease, or the lease is not long enough, or you’ve not negotiated the rights in correct kind of terms, it will have a significant impact on either the salability or value of the company or both.

Michael Blake: And it seems to me, the way you describe a succession plan, it sounds like kind of a business plan but with a very narrow specific focus. Is that fair?

Bruce Gaynes: Well, it doesn’t have to be a narrow, specific focus.

Michael Blake: Got it.

Bruce Gaynes: I mean, the plan itself, I think, is an integral part of your overall business paperwork in terms of having something that is strategic, something that looks at the various elements in the business, and that has implementary documents such as the legal agreements to keep management in place.

Michael Blake: So, we’re talking about legal agreement, but a succession plan itself doesn’t necessarily have to be a legally binding agreement, right?

Bruce Gaynes: Correct.  It would refer to those legally binding agreements. And it might have, as I say, the sort of things you would ordinarily find in a strategic plan. It might have, how are we going to improve these these earnings before taxes, et cetera, what we call EBITDA? And it might have in there, what’s going to happen to the business? Who are the people who are going to be capable of taking it over? The functions that the owner is performing at the current time, if there are functions that they’re performing, who’s going to perform those functions?

Michael Blake: So, as my own kind of war story with with succession planning and legally versus non-legally binding, a client of mine, right, that I’m working with right now is working through a nasty shareholder divorce. And the genesis of that divorce is the fact that my client, who’s the majority shareholder of that company, had conversations with the minority shareholder about maybe someday down the line, right, majority shareholder would agree to be bought out by the minority shareholder but with no particular commitment, no particular timeline.

Michael Blake: And then, one day for reasons that are not clear, the minority shareholders said, “You know what? I gotta have this thing now. I just do.” And my client wasn’t right to do that yet. And it’s led to, as I said, kind of a nasty kind of shareholder split that I don’t think has been really positive for either party, in all candor. But thank God that there was not a legal agreement in place because one person was ready to do that transaction, the other person wasn’t. So, you know, the benefit of some flexibility, I think, has served my client very well in that regard.

Bruce Gaynes: Well, it does serve clients well in some regards. On the other hand, there are situations where the minority partner has a particular or critical skill. and walking away from the deal or having the company split can be very damaging to both parties. Well, if they had properly discussed and documented, it’s not just a question of some lawyer coming along and him imposing upon the parties some particular paperwork, is really the situation that you described might very well have been handled best, not by lawyers, but by just frank conversations and honest conversations.

Bruce Gaynes: And sometimes, when I represent the minority owner or somebody who’s coming into a business, the commitment to transfer the business to the person who’s coming in. And, frequently you got to understand, they may be leaving another really good position. There’s somebody of value for a reason. They’ve got a history of success. They’ve got, perhaps, promises for other opportunities that they’re walking away from. And normally, I would want to see some sort of agreement upfront of what’s going to happen in over what period of time, and so that these things would be agreed to upfront. We would want to have that, so that everybody knows, at least, at the outset, you you never can predict the future, you’d never know if things are going to work out as as either the parties or their lawyers hope, but, at least, you’ve got a plan that can be altered, can be amended, may need to be amended, but a plan where we don’t have people second thinking all of this and having one party dedicate himself or herself to a particular course of action, and then having the other party not comply.

Michael Blake: So, you said something that I want to underscore because I think it’s quite smart. And that is that part of the calculus here is identifying individuals that are absolutely critical to the ongoing kind of continuity, success, and value of the company, right? So, that succession discussion may take a—probably will take a different flavor, a different character, depending on the nature of the person involved, right? And in some cases, I have business owners, and I think you have clients like this too, they identify individuals they just want to take care of, right? They’ve served the company loyally for 25-30 years, want to give a little something on the way out to thank them for their service and loyalty.

Michael Blake: And then, there are others where, like you said, this business becomes less viable because that person is in it or, at least, a massive pan the neck to try to then have to recover with that person out of the business, or even just a third disgruntled. And for whatever reason, they understood something differently from what the other shareholder did. And, you know, a disgruntled shareholder employee can do immense damage to a business without even leaving.

Bruce Gaynes: Right.

Michael Blake: Right?

Bruce Gaynes: Right.

Michael Blake: They can break a lot of China on the way out. So part of that decision process in the succession is assessing kind of who needs to be taken care of and what their role is in terms of a successful succession.

Bruce Gaynes: Correct. And it may be that if you’ve got somebody who is not capable of running the business themselves, but you’ve got some reason to believe that they’re not going to take direction from anybody other than the current owner, you may need to remove them from where they are before you ever begin the discussion because they may be the problem. And in setting the succession up, you may have vital tasks that they are accomplishing, but if they’re not going to do that for somebody else, you may need to get somebody in there ahead of time to fulfill that role.

Michael Blake: So, I think we made a pretty strong case that a succession plan is desirable, and there’s some exposure there if you don’t have one. So, I’d like to move ahead and talk about, can we identify maybe the three most important features of a good succession plan? There are actually 28, but we don’t have time to go through 28. Nobody will remember more than three. So, if we had to sort of pick three, what might they be?

Bruce Gaynes: Well, I think, you know, I tend to agree with you, with the 28. You know, I think the most important thing is to assess the business because, I think, the three most important things are going to change, depending upon what business you’re talking about. And so, in some cases, it’s going to be driving a higher EBITDA because that’s the only way that the owner is going to be able to get out. In other situations, it may be resolving. And this is particularly the case in family businesses, resolving how are my kids going to get along after I’m out of the picture? Will they get along?

Bruce Gaynes: I’m dealing right now with a rather new client. So, I’ve sort of jumped into the middle of the fray, but we’ve got one sibling who died, one sibling who’s detached, two siblings who are—the spouse of the deceased sibling and another sibling were half in and half out. And we’ve got a significant problem because we’ve got to deal with who is going to own what aspect of the business, and how is any kind of transition going to be financed. And in fact, I was brought into the business or referred into the business by the banker who is trying to help them solve the financial aspect to this. And, you know, unfortunately, this this business did not have a succession plan that was good. It’s a successful business in some ways because it’s in the third generation of the business, but it’s because of the lack of planning, having written, agreed-upon plans for this, there’s kind of a mess there right now.

Michael Blake: So, this segues very nicely into the next question that I have, which is, you know, a succession plan, to my mind, is a fairly intimate document for the family if it’s going to continue to be a family business. We’ve been very clear. it doesn’t have to be that way. But, certainly, for the business, how do you help businesses kind of formulate those plans and make sure that they work correctly?

Bruce Gaynes: Well, I think the thing that that we need to do first is to assess what the objectives really are. And part of that involves finding and figuring out what is it that needs to be done with this respective business, and then bringing in the proper advisors to help them do that. And there are people who are dedicated, if you will, or hold themselves out as people who do nothing or succession planning generalists who try to look at a—take a holistic view of the company, delve deeply into various aspects. They might be spending significant amounts of time in the business, learning what’s going on, getting an independent view of this business, and then making recommendations.

Bruce Gaynes: Sometimes, there are situations where you’ve got a lack of legal documentation. You may need business lawyers in there. You may need some estate planning lawyers in there. I usually cover both the business and the estate planning because you’ve got significant tax issues, as you mentioned before. It may involve getting the proper accountants involved. I’ve got a case right now where the entire accounting is based upon some people whose loyalty to the company is not assured. And so, you may need to get the proper accountants in there, so that they get their arms around what this business is worth.

Bruce Gaynes: I’m dealing with another business. As matter of fact, I was talking to my client on the way over here. And again, a new client. She’s allowed a management company to run the business for the last several years. And the management company just has completely fallen down in terms of providing proper accounting, and proper records, and general ledgers, and things like that. So, sometimes, you just gotta get that right person in there. It may involve getting financial planners or insurance agents in there. That may involve getting a business broker. If we’re going to sell to a third party, maybe that we need to get a business broker in there or an investment banker if it’s a larger business. We may need to get a business valuation person involved because it might very well be that the owner has no idea of what their business is worth or no accurate idea of what their business is worth.

Michael Blake: Thank you for that, by the way. I appreciate that. Well, Bruce, we’re running out of time, and I know you’ve got a lot to do, and we yanked you many miles out of town to record this. And as you’ve indicated, there are 28 other things that could be looked at here. If somebody wants to learn more about succession planning and wants to ask you a question about it, maybe they would even like your help, how can they best contact you?

Bruce Gaynes: Well, I can be called. I mean, my office is inside the Atlanta-Georgia perimeter, what we call the Perimeter Highway, just off of 400, Georgia 400. I can be reached by phone at 404-467-7526. That’s my direct dial. I can be found on the Internet. Our firm can be found at www.kkgpc.com And KKGPC stands Kitchens Kelley Gaynes Professional Corporation. So, I can be reached by either of those means.

Michael Blake: All right. Very good. Well, that’s gonna wrap it up for today’s program. I’d like to thank Bruce Gaynes so much for joining us and sharing his expertise with us. We’ll be exploring a new topic each week, so please turn in so that when you’re faced with your next business decision, you have clear vision when making it. If you enjoy this podcast, please consider leaving a review with your favorite podcast aggregator. It helps people find us, so that we can help them. Once again, this is Mike Blake. Our sponsors is Brady Ware & Company. And this has been the Decision Vision Podcast.

Tagged With: CPa, CPA firm, Dayton accounting, Dayton business advisory, Dayton CPA, Dayton CPA firm, Decision Vision, exit planning, exit strategies, Family owned business exit planning strategies, Kitchens Kelley Gaynes P.C., Michael Blake, Mike Blake, small business exit planning, small business exit planning strategies, succession plan, trust and estate law

Decision Vision Episode 31: Should I Start a Family Office? – An Interview with Chris Demetree, Demetree Brothers

September 12, 2019 by John Ray

Decision Vision
Decision Vision
Decision Vision Episode 31: Should I Start a Family Office? – An Interview with Chris Demetree, Demetree Brothers
Loading
00:00 /
RSS Feed
Share
Link
Embed

Download file

Decision Vision Episode 31:  Should I Start a Family Office? – An Interview with Chris Demetree, Demetree Brothers

What issues should be considered in starting a family office? What makes a family office successful? The answers to these questions and more come out of “Decision Vision” host Michael Blake’s interview with Chris Demetree, Demetree Brothers. “Decision Vision” is presented by Brady Ware & Company.

Chris Demetree, Demetree Brothers

Chris Demetree

Chris Demetree is one of the co-founders of Demetree Brothers, Inc. and currently serves as Vice President. Chris has served as the Managing Partner for Alico Estates Development Associates and as Vice President of Demetree Pasco Properties, Inc. His past developments include over 2,000 single family lots, a golf course country club community, and numerous commercial office/retail centers. Chris has served on the Board of Directors of several private and public companies.

Chris possesses a strong record of entrepreneurial success, with over 25 years of experience building successful technology businesses. He is currently the CEO of Lazlo, a digital platform that enables new channels for monetizing digitally stored value. Lazlo evolves traditional gift cards, coupons, lottery tickets into dynamic digital assets that can be used as a vehicle for advertising, data collection, and branding, while adding security to digitally stored value.

Prior to Lazlo, Chris was a founder and partner in V-P Ventures (VPV), a private investment firm focused on early stage and private equity transactions. Before VPV, he held C-level roles with successful startups including Recordant, STC Corp., Intelligenxia and Urban Media. He has a B.S. in Industrial Management from Georgia Institute of Technology.

Michael Blake, Brady Ware & Company

Mike Blake, Host of “Decision Vision”

Michael Blake is Host of the “Decision Vision” podcast series and a Director of Brady Ware & Company. Mike specializes in the valuation of intellectual property-driven firms, such as software firms, aerospace firms and professional services firms, most frequently in the capacity as a transaction advisor, helping clients obtain great outcomes from complex transaction opportunities. He is also a specialist in the appraisal of intellectual properties as stand-alone assets, such as software, trade secrets, and patents.

Mike has been a full-time business appraiser for 13 years with public accounting firms, boutique business appraisal firms, and an owner of his own firm. Prior to that, he spent 8 years in venture capital and investment banking, including transactions in the U.S., Israel, Russia, Ukraine, and Belarus.

Brady Ware & Company

Brady Ware & Company is a regional full-service accounting and advisory firm which helps businesses and entrepreneurs make visions a reality. Brady Ware services clients nationally from its offices in Alpharetta, GA; Columbus and Dayton, OH; and Richmond, IN. The firm is growth minded, committed to the regions in which they operate, and most importantly, they make significant investments in their people and service offerings to meet the changing financial needs of those they are privileged to serve. The firm is dedicated to providing results that make a difference for its clients.

Decision Vision Podcast Series

“Decision Vision” is a podcast covering topics and issues facing small business owners and connecting them with solutions from leading experts. This series is presented by Brady Ware & Company. If you are a decision maker for a small business, we’d love to hear from you. Contact us at decisionvision@bradyware.com and make sure to listen to every Thursday to the “Decision Vision” podcast. Past episodes of “Decision Vision” can be found here. “Decision Vision” is produced and broadcast by the North Fulton studio of Business RadioX®.

Visit Brady Ware & Company on social media:

LinkedIn:  https://www.linkedin.com/company/brady-ware/

Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/bradywareCPAs/

Twitter: https://twitter.com/BradyWare

Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/bradywarecompany/

Show Transcript

Intro: [00:00:02] Welcome to Decision Vision, a podcast series focusing on critical business decisions, brought to you by Brady Ware & Company. Brady Ware is a regional, full-service, accounting and advisory firm that helps businesses and entrepreneurs make vision a reality.

Mike Blake: [00:00:20] And welcome to Decision Vision, a podcast giving you, the listener, clear vision to make great decisions. In each episode, we discuss the process of decision making on a different business topic. Rather than making recommendations because everyone’s circumstances are different, we talk to subject matter experts about how they would recommend thinking about that decision.

Mike Blake: [00:00:39] My name is Mike Blake, and I’m your host for today’s podcast. I’m a Director at Brady Ware & Company, a full-service accounting firm based in Dayton, Ohio, with offices in Dayton; Columbus, Ohio; Richmond, Indiana; and Alpharetta, Georgia, which is where we are recording today. Brady Ware is sponsoring this podcast. If you like this podcast, please subscribe on your favorite podcast aggregator. And please also consider leaving a review of the podcast as well.

Mike Blake: [00:01:03] Our topic today is family offices. And family offices are probably one of the better kept secrets in the American economy. For the most part, family offices do not seek rock star status. They’re very different from, kind of, your Silicon Valley, fast company, red herring, sort of, I don’t say want to say attention-seeking, that’s not fair, but very high profile organization. The fact of the matter is you may work next to a family office, you may live in the same neighborhood as somebody who’s in or works in a family office or has a family office, and you wouldn’t even know it. We don’t have Yellow Pages anymore, but if we did, there probably would not be an entry for family offices. And I think we can all kind of appreciate that as to why that is. But the fact of the matter is that they are increasingly popular as a tool and an infrastructure for managing wealth.

Mike Blake: [00:02:15] And a lot of us on the radio, myself included, would love to have the problem where we have so much wealth that it becomes a different kind of responsibility to manage it. But the fact of the matter is it is a responsibility to manage it, especially if you’re in a position where you are sharing it with family, and there are not just family relationships, but fiduciary relationships involved. And it’s important, also, because I think a lot of people who are creating wealth, particularly those who are creating it this generation, they’re building it, and then either exiting it, or transitioning their core enterprise, they’re starting to realize that something called a shirtsleeves-to-shirtsleeves phenomenon.

Mike Blake: [00:03:00] There are all kinds of studies out there – I don’t have to cite one in particular, you can Google it – that say that for the most part, if a family makes, or generates, or produces an amount of wealth, let’s call it $20 million just to pick a number out there, statistically speaking, in three generations or by generation three, only 10% of that wealth is going to remain. And by the fourth generation, 3% of that wealth remains. And a great case in point is the Vanderbilt family. They built their wealth in the early 19th Century, and basically doing ferries around Manhattan and Pennsylvania. But the name is much stronger than the wealth. In fact, Anderson Cooper of CNN, who is actually a 6th generation Vanderbilt, has gone on record saying there ain’t no trust fund waiting for him. And perhaps if they’d had a family office or a structure like that, maybe that scenario would be different.

Mike Blake: [00:04:06] So, the goal of this podcast is to shed a little bit of light. If you’re thinking of whether a family office or something like that structure is useful for you, or maybe you’re advising somebody who’s thinking about a family office, the goal of this podcast is to provide some insight into that. And to help us with that we’re talking with Chris Demetree. And Chris is a very successful entrepreneur in his own right. He has more than 25 years of experience building successful technology businesses. He has extensive experience with family offices and is also an active player in the Atlanta startup community. He is currently the CEO of Lazlo, a digital platform that enables new channels for monetizing digitally stored value. Lazlo—I’m sorry. Lazlo evolves traditional gift cards, coupons, lottery tickets into dynamic digital assets that can be used as a vehicle for advertising, data collection, and branding, while adding security to digitally stored value.

Mike Blake: [00:05:06] Prior to Lazlo, Chris was a founder and partner of VP Ventures, a private investment firm focused on early stage and private equity transactions. Before VPVChris held C-level roles with successful startups including Recordant, STC Corp, Intelligentsia, and Urban Media. He also has a Bachelor’s Degree in Industrial Management from the Georgia Institute of Technology. Chris Demetree, welcome and thank you so much for coming on the program.

Chris Demetree: [00:05:33] Michael, thanks for having me. I appreciate the opportunity. Looking forward to today’s conversation.

Mike Blake: [00:05:41] So, Chris, before we begin, I want to give you a little bit of an opportunity for a soapbox here because I know this is a venture that’s very near and dear to your heart. Tell us a little bit more about Lazlo. What does a listener listening to this program need to know about Lazlo, if anything?

Chris Demetree: [00:05:56] Well, no, I appreciate the opportunity. I love talking about investments. As a—unfortunately or fortunately, I’m a serial entrepreneur at heart.

Mike Blake: [00:06:05] We haven’t been able to cure you yet.

Chris Demetree: [00:06:08] Say that again.

Mike Blake: [00:06:09] We have not been able to cure you yet.

Chris Demetree: [00:06:11] Yeah, no kidding. No kidding. I told somebody, it’s literally like a drug. When you get involved with early-stage companies, especially if the first one goes well, it’s hard to kick that habit, but no. So, well, with regards to Lazlo, our core technology and our core platform is focused around changing the way physical instruments today, physical value instruments today are converted into the digital world. And so, we’re creating a new digital platform to share, to purchase, and to disseminate stored value being gift cards, coupons, event tickets, that type of stored value. So, we’ve been working on it for a little while, and we’re very excited about our future. We think there’s a real big opportunity here. So, thank you.

Mike Blake: [00:07:09] We’ll be looking to hear more about it as time goes on. So, let’s dive into the-

Chris Demetree: [00:07:15] Well, Michael, Michael, I want to go back and point one thing out. As Anderson Cooper said, there’s no big trust fund there for him. That’s only because he didn’t want it.

Mike Blake: [00:07:25] And so, you can tell.

Chris Demetree: [00:07:26] When his mother passed away, there was almost a quarter of a billion-dollar fortune in place.

Mike Blake: [00:07:31] Oh, is that right? I didn’t know that.

Chris Demetree: [00:07:33] She died with estimated $200 million net worth.

Mike Blake: [00:07:42] Okay.

Chris Demetree: [00:07:42] But yeah, that’s—he was—that’s self-promotion on Anderson’s part, but, no, there was still a significant amount of wealth in her name. And she’s what? As you said, I can’t remember what generation, but she’s quite ways down the line.

Mike Blake: [00:08:00] Yes. She’s 5th. So, Anderson’s 6th. So, again, it’s the first learning point of the day. We know a little bit more about the Vanderbilts.

Chris Demetree: [00:08:10] Yeah, there we go.

Mike Blake: [00:08:10] So, we’ve talked a little bit about this offline. And I understand that you’re not necessarily involved in a family office, but I know you’re involved in some things that are family office-like or have some family office features. So, I think that there’s a lot that we can talk about and educate the listeners. But let’s start with the basic vocabulary starting point. To your mind, when somebody says family office to you, what does that mean?

Chris Demetree: [00:08:38] Well, a true family office, in my mind, is a—it is a family network that operates very similar to a venture capital fund or a family office that operates very similar to a private equity fund. The main difference is—and again, it goes back to what you were saying with regards to how high a profile these family offices typically try to keep, they don’t need to keep a high profile. The reason they don’t is because the LPs are the family; whereas, for private equity and venture, they do have to tout themselves and their successes to the marketplace because they’ve always got to go create that next fund to sustain their long-term viability. And that means attracting new LPs, in addition to the existing LP network that you had in your first or second fund for each one thereafter. So, that’s a big part of the difference. But when you think of family offices, again, I think of a family office working very much like venture or private equity. How it is structured is completely different, but the LP network is what I think separates it the most. Meaning, all family versus outside capital.

Mike Blake: [00:10:01] Okay. And so, to that end, yeah, let’s then kind of operate with that working definition that is a captive investment fund that just happens to belong to a group of people all with the same last name or, at least, DNA traits.

Chris Demetree: [00:10:17] Sure.

Mike Blake: [00:10:17] Does that mean then that the family office also then faces similar challenges in terms of deal flow and decision making, in terms of good deals versus bad deals, governance, things of that nature?

Chris Demetree: [00:10:32] Number of questions there. So, deal flow, I will tell you that the investment community around a family office. So, let’s take for instance here in Atlanta, if there are family offices here in Atlanta, typically, the investment community, whether that’d be private equity, venture capital, the accounting world, from a deal flow standpoint, will have a good sense of what that family office likes to look at. As far as types of deals, what their appetite may be for size of deals, whether they want to own a majority stake in the company, or they want to follow behind an investment group. So, deal flow, to me, is not quite the same as a private equity group, who’s out there looking at everything. They can be—the family offices have the tendency to see less deals but more targeted deals, if that makes sense.

Mike Blake: [00:11:36] It does. That gets back to the thing you mentioned, your definition then, the network is really a key defining trait of the family office, isn’t it?

Chris Demetree: [00:11:46] It is. It is as far as pre-screening deals. Unlike, I will call it a true venture group or venture capital group who wants to look at most every deal, because, again, that’s kind of their charter is to find, to look at everything, and know the marketplace, know everything going on in the marketplace, especially within its sectors. The family offices don’t have to do that because they’re typically invited in or invited to participate in deals, or they’re looking at something that may be a core expertise that they want to own the whole deal or a majority of the deal.

Mike Blake: [00:12:32] Okay, So, I sidetracked. So, so I won’t get back because I think-

Chris Demetree: [00:12:35] Oh, that’s right.

Mike Blake: [00:12:36] …you had mentioned another part, which is about governance. Do family offices and private equity funds face similar governance issues, or they wind up being very different?

Chris Demetree: [00:12:46] Again, it—and this is one man’s opinion, but I believe it’s just how they are structured. You can have some family offices that are operated literally by a majority of outside advisors and investment advisors, or you can have family offices that are run more by family members that are making investment decisions. I think a lot of that comes down to the capabilities of the individuals. And as I’ve said to you before, I think a lot of that comes down to what the generation that’s setting up the family office believes they have done to prepare the next generation to be able to do that themselves. They very much face similar types of issues when it comes up with regards to—I’m sorry, the success and failures of deals.

Mike Blake: [00:13:48] Okay.

Chris Demetree: [00:13:48] Depending on the profile or the mix of the investment strategy of a family office, whether it’d be outside investors or the family-managed investments. If they are looking at higher risk investments, then, again, at the end of the day, they’re going to have a very similar track record to that of a venture capital firm looking at early to growth capital type of investments. If the family office takes a more conservative role, and they’re only looking at what I call it [indiscernible] businesses, then I would expect to see a higher success rate. I can’t tell you whether or not it’s going to be higher rates of returns or not. That’s just—only time tells you that with your investments. But they’re subject to the same exact issues that a venture capital firm is doing.

Mike Blake: [00:14:47] Okay. So, I think you’re starting to answer this question already, but I want to hit it directly because, again, I think it’s an important question. So, I think when outsiders look at family offices, I think we tend to have an image of our mind of the playboy, the constant gallivanting around the world, the golfing, et cetera, et cetera. But you’re kind of painting a picture that’s much more of a business entity where you’re out there, and you’re actively doing—you’re working, you’re doing deals. The job is different, but it’s certainly a job, and one that has to be taken seriously. Is that a fair characterization?

Chris Demetree: [00:15:29] It’s absolutely. I mean, it is—yes. And that it is a job that has to be taken seriously. You are managing LPs money. It doesn’t matter if you’re managing your own money or if you’ve got advisors that are managing that capital for you. So, I mean, for true family offices, it is a business. And they hold themselves—and again, as I said to you, I mean, every one of them can be set up differently, but I know of a few family offices, and they hold themselves to very strict standards with regards to looking at all of their investments, looking at what their IRR is. Does it make sense to stay in this vertical? I mean, again, no different than how a business would be run. That is slightly different than how you preface the conversation by saying or the question by saying, “Some people think of a family office as a trust fund baby.”

Mike Blake: [00:16:35] Right.

Chris Demetree: [00:16:37] They’re out there. Absolutely, they are. It’s getting harder and harder to generate that type of wealth, although the dot com industry would tell you maybe not, or the Silicon Valley, but it’s getting tougher and tougher. But it’s the same—how do I say this? There may not be as many of those type of flamboyant playboys out there anymore. They don’t need to be. It seems to me that the entertainment industry is more than sufficient at providing us enough icons to follow that are gallivanting around and throwing money away.

Chris Demetree: [00:17:21] I think the family offices now—and again, this is just an opinion, but I think the participants try to keep a lower profile because you were exposed to so much more today with cell phone cameras and everything else going on in social media that the lower profile you can keep, the less you are going to be subjected to risks. And those risks comes in the form of lawsuits and that type of stuff. It’s just different. But it all goes back to what the founder or the creator of that family office thinks of the next generation or the next generation after that.

Mike Blake: [00:18:12] Now, most family offices, I think, are ultimately founded by the success of one core business. And even today, the Rockefeller zone, a stake in Exxon Mobile, and the Fords on a stake, and Ford Motor Company, although there’s a weird story behind that, they should own more, but they don’t.

Chris Demetree: [00:18:32] Right.

Mike Blake: [00:18:32] Mark Zuckerberg has his own family office now, and that still owns a big chunk of Facebook, even though it’s public. Is it your impression that most family offices, once the wealth gets organized in that way, do they tend to then start to branch out into other businesses?

Chris Demetree: [00:18:53] The diversification, absolutely. I mean, take, for instance, Mark Zuckerberg. Zuckerberg has no idea what the next generation is going to look like. And with—though, just an his age, I mean, he’s, what, 20 years younger than I am probably, and I’m not old yet, but he has no idea what it’s looking like. So, I think part of it is going to be transferring wealth generationally. That’s part of why you set up the family offices. Diversification is not only for his future generations, but for him. The old adage, “You never want all of your eggs in one basket,” even though you control that basket.” So, you may even drop it, but yeah. So, if you can diversify—and that is a way to do it and keep it in a structure that is not subject to the transfer taxes later. And again, as you said, he got a—he set up the foundation or the family office most with stock. Well, that affords him the ability to grow the value of that family office as he grows his core business. And that just allows him the chance to move more money into that tax-free.

Mike Blake: [00:20:28] Now, there are kind of different flavors of family offices out there. There’s the classic, sort of, single family office where everything is, sort of, captive. There’s the multi-family office where it’s kind of like a co-op or a fractional ownership of a jet. And then, they’re kind of even virtual family offices where there’s some certain family office characteristics, but it’s not necessarily formally organized that way. Are you aware of those distinctions? And are you in a position to maybe talk about maybe some of the pros and cons of those kind of flavors?

Chris Demetree: [00:21:10] Well, I mean, again, I can give you my opinion for whatever it worth. Every man has one, or every person has one nowadays. I apologize. I didn’t mean to sound that way. So, I am—when I think of a multi-family office, I think of a similar DNA that travels throughout that family office. The names of the players may be changed with regards to marriage and that type of stuff, but there is an inherent DNA that runs through all of them that traces back to the origin of the family office, I could be wrong. Again, I don’t call them family offices per se to know that many of them.

Chris Demetree: [00:22:04] I think of a true functioning family office as being one family. And then, I think there’s two flavors. And again, it goes back to something you taught me, which is that shirtsleeves-to-shirtsleeves. That’s not something I heard before. I do understand it. I didn’t know they put that name to that phenomenon of losing your wealth after two or three generations. I believe—and I hope I’m not rambling too much for you, but I believe that it goes back to what I said before, when you set up that family office or the originator, the titular head of the family sets it up, he or she has kind of made a decision in their own mind, I believe, of what they have done to prepare the next generation. And you have some that look at it and don’t believe they prepared them very well. And they structure that family office where it’s got to be managed by an outsider. The next generation needs adult supervision because they’re not capable of doing it themselves. Well, I will tell you that, for a different myriad of reasons, that goes back to—more times than not, it falls back to the person that’s setting that fund up.

Chris Demetree: [00:23:34] But as I’ve said to you before, we do not operate a formal family office, but I was also forced to work. We didn’t come from that kind of wealth. And my father’s attitude was even if he does create it, we were going to know—his kids were going to know how to work, all of us. The boys were stuck on construction sites, and the girls were typically stuck in the office. That was 30, 40, and in some cases, 50 years ago with my older siblings. So, that was just how they did it. That was his way of doing it, but he did prepare us. He taught us to work. And we were very fortunate as a family that we worked together. I worked with my brothers, and my sisters, and my dad on a daily basis, whether it was running our family development business or whether we were analyzing things to invest in.

Mike Blake: [00:24:41] Now, you said something I want to zero in on because I hadn’t thought of that, and I think that’s so insightful, which is the DNA. And as I interpret it, I know that there’s a biological DNA, but I think there’s also a philosophical DNA.

Chris Demetree: [00:24:55] Correct.

Mike Blake: [00:24:56] And getting into multi-family offices, and I hadn’t—frankly, I had not thought of this issue before. There are plenty of folks out there that offer multi-family office services, all the big wealth management firms, whether it’s Merrill Lynch, or UBS, or whoever, they offer that. And it’s like you want a family office, but maybe your wealth isn’t at that point where you can justify taking on all the overhead yourself, so you get that fractional approach. But then, it occurred to me that, what if the other people kind of in your—that they’re going to be invited into your condo, or in your campsite, don’t share the same values, don’t have the same needs, and short and long-term goals, that can probably very quickly become an awkward fit and hurt the success, really, of everybody involved.

Chris Demetree: [00:25:56] So, Michael, what I hear you describe in the way you’re asking that question or the way you’re kind of describing that scenario, what I hear or think of in my head is an LP network. So, when you talk about a Merrill Lynch that’s managing multiple family offices, I would look at those multiple family offices as limited partners that Merrill Lynch is providing the partner—the management piece of. But, again, each one of those family offices is going to have a—in this term a DNA, it’s going to be an investment strategy, and a theory, and a philosophy of what do they want from that investment. Is this high growth? Is it—do they want something that’s income producing? As I call it, mailbox money, where it’s slightly lower growth, but it’s 8% or 6%, whatever, they can count every year coming in that mail. You’re not going to cross-pollinate if you are the manager. And then, again, we’ll stick with your reference to Merrill Lynch. If Merrill Lynch is the one managing those multiple portfolios of family offices, Merrill Lynch is not going to cross-pollinate a growth family office with an income-oriented family office.

Mike Blake: [00:27:29] Right, or, at least, they shouldn’t.

Chris Demetree: [00:27:31] Or they won’t be managing the money long if they do.

Mike Blake: [00:27:34] Yeah, I would imagine that’s true. So, you touched on something I want to touch on. And I needed to ask this question delicately, and you’ll probably want to answer it very delicately, but it’s important. In terms of the management, the operative word in family office is family. And you mentioned that, sometimes, there are circumstances where it’s not appropriate for a family member to manage the family office. Maybe the people are just too young. Maybe they’re not cut out for it. Not everybody—even if you’re in a wealthy family, that doesn’t necessarily mean you’re good at business, you have any kind of aptitude for it. So, in your experience and what you’ve observed, how does that get kind of worked out? Do families kind of default to the eldest working-age person, or do you find that they go out and hire kind of professional management, or is it some mix of the two? Is it all over the board?

Chris Demetree: [00:28:42] I would—again, not speaking specifically for anything that I know. Again, just an opinion, but I believe it’s all over the board. There are a couple of key things that I have often thought I think are important in a family office. And when I talk about a family office, I think of it as a family that’s investing together, whether that’s formally or informally. When you speak of a true family office, that setup, that dynamic is a formal instrument that drives an organization, whether it’s an LLC, or LLP, or MLP, whatever it may be.

Chris Demetree: [00:29:33] But there are some things that, with an informal arrangement, there are some key things that have to be in place. Otherwise, an informal process doesn’t work. And then, one of the key ingredients is there’s got to be an inherent respect between the players that are sitting at the table, whether those players are all related through their biological DNA, or whether or not they are related both to DNA in operating agreement that says they need to be there. So, if there’s an advisor at the table, the family members need to respect that advisor.

Chris Demetree: [00:30:21] Secondarily, I think, for an informal office to work well, you have to understand that among the family members, there is a hierarchy. You do have older and younger siblings, And there’s a respect that should run regardless of—and, again, it’s just how I was raised. There’s a respect that runs through the family for your older and younger siblings. You look to the older one in a quick diversion, but I can—in my particular instance, I’m the youngest of five kids, and I remember it wasn’t long ago that I lost my dad. And, I was talking with my father before he passed away, and I looked at him, and I’ll never forget it.

Chris Demetree: [00:31:14] We were sitting outside talking. This was probably within a month of when he passed. We knew it was coming. And I said to him, “I’m not ready for you to go yet.” And he goes, “No, you’re going to be fine.” And he goes, “You’ve got your mom here. You’ve got your brothers.” I said, “No, but I’m not ready to be that next generation.” I said, “I’m used to having you.” And my point is we have that older generation to look for. When my father passed, yes, my mother is still part of that generation that is still there, who I still respect and looked to, but a lot of it reverts to my older brothers, my older sisters. I look to them. That is kind of our hierarchy. I’m comfortable of that. Some people might think I was crazy.

Chris Demetree: [00:32:08] And then the last piece, Michael, that I will touch on is in order for an informal office or family to work as a family office, you got to like being around each other, you got to like working together. It’s not just about making money, it’s about being together, and doing things together. When one succeeds, you all succeed, regardless of the degree of success. Everybody kind of does it together. So, that’s more of an informal process. A formal process, it’s all scripted out on paper. Here’s who’s going to make the decisions, here’s how they make the decisions, and that’s got to be decided by the creator of that family office.

Mike Blake: [00:32:59] I think that’s a great way to—I think it’s a great way to kind of finish it. I really appreciate you sharing that story. You can, sort of, hear a pin drop in the studio as we were listening to that. That’s powerful stuff. And I want to go back to something you and I had in a private conversation that I don’t think you’ll mind that I express is that you told me that if the first motivation is about the money, it’s never going to work.

Chris Demetree: [00:33:27] It will never work.

Mike Blake: [00:33:28] It’s got to be the relationships first.

Chris Demetree: [00:33:30] It will never-

Mike Blake: [00:33:30] The money is there but-

Chris Demetree: [00:33:31] Now, Michael, that’s not a family office. That’s life. That’s life. If your only motivation in life is money, you’ve got a long, long road ahead of you and a very sad life ahead of you. It’s not about that. It’s about your family and it’s about your faith. And you follow those two things—that was the core value my parents taught me. You follow those two things down life, and you will have not only a good life but a very successful life. The rest of it will fall into place, but you follow your family and your faith.

Mike Blake: [00:34:09] I can’t think of a better ending. So, I’m going to quit while we’re ahead.

Chris Demetree: [00:34:14] Yeah, because you never know what I could say after that.

Mike Blake: [00:34:16] Or me. I’m not going to add anything to that. So, that’s going to wrap it up for today’s program. I’d like to thank Chris Demetree so much for joining us and sharing his expertise with us. And do check out Lazlo as well. It’s a cool company, I think, we’ll be hearing more of in the future. We’ll be exploring a new topic each week. So, please tune in, so that when you’re faced with your next business decision, you have clear vision when making it. If you enjoy this podcast, please consider leaving a review with your favorite podcast aggregator. That helps people find us, so that we can help them. Once again, this is Mike Blake. Our sponsor’s Brady Ware & Company. And this has been the Decision Vision Podcast.

Tagged With: CPa, CPA firm, Dayton accounting, Dayton business advisory, Dayton CPA, Dayton CPA firm, Decision Vision, Demetree Brothers, diversification, family limited partnership, family office, family office management, family offices, family relationships, generational wealth, limited partnership, Michael Blake, Mike Blake, multi-generational wealth, starting a family office, wealth management

Decision Vision Episode 30: Should I Implement a Sustainability Program in My Business? – An Interview with Troy von Otnott, Massive Technologies

September 5, 2019 by John Ray

Decision Vision
Decision Vision
Decision Vision Episode 30: Should I Implement a Sustainability Program in My Business? – An Interview with Troy von Otnott, Massive Technologies
Loading
00:00 /
RSS Feed
Share
Link
Embed

Download file

Mike Blake and Troy von Otnott

Decision Vision Episode 30:  Should I Implement a Sustainability Program in My Business? – An Interview with Troy von Otnott, Massive Technologies

How do I start a corporate sustainability program at my company? What do the insurance markets reveal about the necessity of a sustainability program for my business? The answers to these questions and more are covered by Troy von Otnott, Massive Technologies, in this important discussion with host Mike Blake. “Decision Vision” is presented by Brady Ware & Company.

Troy von Otnott, Massive Technologies

Troy von Otnott

Troy von Otnott is the CEO of Massive Technologies, a clean technology and sustainability consulting company in Atlanta, Georgia. Massive is currently pursuing business opportunities in commercial/industrial solar asset financing and deployment in Puerto Rico, development of graphene-enhanced ballistic products for the U.S. and Canadian militaries, and is currently consulting with a major Chinese investment bank on a strategic plan to significantly reduce China’s carbon emissions and pollution by helping to transition some of  their electric generation assets from coal to cleaner burning natural gas.

For more information, you can email Troy directly.

Michael Blake, Brady Ware & Company

Mike Blake, Host of “Decision Vision”

Michael Blake is Host of the “Decision Vision” podcast series and a Director of Brady Ware & Company. Mike specializes in the valuation of intellectual property-driven firms, such as software firms, aerospace firms and professional services firms, most frequently in the capacity as a transaction advisor, helping clients obtain great outcomes from complex transaction opportunities. He is also a specialist in the appraisal of intellectual properties as stand-alone assets, such as software, trade secrets, and patents.

Mike has been a full-time business appraiser for 13 years with public accounting firms, boutique business appraisal firms, and an owner of his own firm. Prior to that, he spent 8 years in venture capital and investment banking, including transactions in the U.S., Israel, Russia, Ukraine, and Belarus.

Brady Ware & Company

Brady Ware & Company is a regional full-service accounting and advisory firm which helps businesses and entrepreneurs make visions a reality. Brady Ware services clients nationally from its offices in Alpharetta, GA; Columbus and Dayton, OH; and Richmond, IN. The firm is growth minded, committed to the regions in which they operate, and most importantly, they make significant investments in their people and service offerings to meet the changing financial needs of those they are privileged to serve. The firm is dedicated to providing results that make a difference for its clients.

Decision Vision Podcast Series

“Decision Vision” is a podcast covering topics and issues facing small business owners and connecting them with solutions from leading experts. This series is presented by Brady Ware & Company. If you are a decision maker for a small business, we’d love to hear from you. Contact us at decisionvision@bradyware.com and make sure to listen to every Thursday to the “Decision Vision” podcast. Past episodes of “Decision Vision” can be found here. “Decision Vision” is produced and broadcast by the North Fulton studio of Business RadioX®.

Visit Brady Ware & Company on social media:

LinkedIn:  https://www.linkedin.com/company/brady-ware/

Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/bradywareCPAs/

Twitter: https://twitter.com/BradyWare

Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/bradywarecompany/

Show Transcript

Intro: [00:00:01] Welcome to Decision Vision, a podcast series focusing on critical business decisions, brought to you by Brady Ware & Company. Brady Ware is a regional full-service accounting advisory board that helps businesses and entrepreneurs make vision a reality.

Mike Blake: [00:00:20] And welcome to Decision Vision, a podcast giving you, the listener, clear vision to make great decisions. In each episode, we discuss the process of decision making on a different topic. Rather than making recommendations because everyone’s circumstances are different, we talk to subject matter experts about how they would recommend thinking about that decision.

Mike Blake: [00:00:37] My name is Mike Blake, and I’m your host for today’s program. I’m a Director at Brady Ware & Company, a full-service accounting firm based in Dayton, Ohio, with offices in Dayton; Columbus, Ohio; Richmond, Indiana; and Alpharetta, Georgia, which is where we are recording today. Brady Ware is sponsoring this podcast? If you like this podcast, please subscribe on your favorite podcast aggregator. And please also consider leaving a review of the podcast as well.

Mike Blake: [00:01:01] So, our topic today is sustainability programs. And whether the issue or the conversation has revolved specifically around global climate change, whether it has been around local pollution, whether it’s been about economic sustainability and recycling materials, whether it’s been about land conservation, some elements of the environmental movement and, by extension, sustainability, I think, is in everybody’s corporat⁠e⁠—everybody’s consciousness.

Mike Blake: [00:01:35] And maybe it’s considered polarizing, maybe it’s not, but it’s not something that nobody has an opinion on. And there’s a sense that companies have⁠⁠—at a minimum, all companies have an opportunity to be constructive in terms of environmental sustainability, and how they impact the environment, and what their footprint looks like, and are they reinvesting back what they’re taking out of the environment to conduct their commerce?

Mike Blake: [00:02:03] And then, I think where there’s a disconnect is, what is the obligation of the corporation to, somehow, either ameliorate the impact that they themselves have on the environment, or even to be a net positive contributor to the environment, even beyond whatever impact that they have? And I don’t think it’s fair to say there’s a right or wrong answer to the question. But if you’re a business leader, you’re faced with the question of, should we be doing something to be promoting the environmental, ecological sustainability of our business? Should we be doing more than we’re already doing? Or in some cases, are we doing too much? Should we be scaling it back? Because there can be a cost to this, at least, in the short term.

Mike Blake: [00:02:50] And that’s particularly noteworthy in the public markets where the public markets reward investors. Frankly, they reward managers based on short-term metrics and short-term gains much more than they do long-term metrics and long-term gains. And so, to some extent, there actually can be a fundamental financial and economic disconnect that maybe, otherwise, prevents some behavior that managers, in fact, would like to do but, somehow, feel constrained.

Mike Blake: [00:03:23] And so, the decision really that’s, then, put before us as business leaders is, should we be thinking about the environment more? Should we be thinking about the environment around us, not just as a publicity exercise, but is this something that we can and should be building into our business plan? And most importantly, we’re often told that there’s a palpable cost, there’s a tradeoff that, well, you can plant some trees, you can save a polar bear, you can help rising sea levels, but this is going to cost you something to do that. And maybe we’re going to challenge a little bit of that perception today or maybe we’re going to confirm it. And that’s about as much as I know. So, I’m going to stop talking about that myself and bring on our guest.

Mike Blake: [00:04:12] I’m very pleased to introduce Troy von Otnott. Troy is the CEO of Massive Technologies, a clean technology and sustainability consulting company here in Atlanta, Georgia. Massive Technologies serves as a consultant to renewable energy and sustainability-focused companies. The company also facilitates sustainable mineral and fuel commodity transactions on behalf of a large Chinese investment bank, helping to mitigate their pollution and climate change challenges, which we know are myriad. And we probably don’t know the full story because they’re not exactly the most transparent country in the world when it comes to their own issues. Troy is also the ambassador for Cleantech Open, a national nonprofit program that encourages entrepreneurs to develop technologies to address environmental sustainability challenges. Troy, welcome to the program. Thanks so much for coming on.

Troy von Otnott: [00:05:02] It’s great to see you, Mike.

Mike Blake: [00:05:04] So, we almost missed the podcast because we are talking so much before the podcast. You got so many interesting things to talk about. And I’m going to dive right into what was a fascinating backstory that I did not know. How did you become engaged as you have been with the sustainability? This is not something you necessarily grew up from as a kid thing thinking, “I’ve got a—this is my thing,” right?

Troy von Otnott: [00:05:27] No, not at all. In fact, I’m from New Orleans. And as you know, Louisiana is one of the largest oil and gas production states in America and a petrochemical production center as well. And so, being an environmentalist in Louisiana is kind of weird, and you’re thought of as a bit of an outlier.

Mike Blake: [00:05:50] Small club, right?

Troy von Otnott: [00:05:51] Yeah. And so, it’s not something that I ever thought about being involved in. In most of my adult life, as I was mentioning before the podcast began, I spent most my life doing event production. New Orleans produces a lot of events, and I was enjoying that career. But in 2005, my world and all my fellow citizens in New Orleans worlds changed due to the impacts of Hurricane Katrina. And we lost a lot. We lost over 2000 lives, billions of dollars of property value. And I, personally, lost an entire career.

Troy von Otnott: [00:06:34] And so, it was at that moment that it made me start to reflect and think about why was this particular storm more damaging, more impactful than others. And after doing a substantial amount of research, I started to understand a little bit more about global climate change and felt like I needed to direct my talents and my skills to try to play a small role and do something to have an impact and try to rebuild the city in a more sustainable way.

Mike Blake: [00:07:09] And I mean, it really was a much more impactful storm because let’s face it, New Orleans gets hurricanes, right? I imagine—I don’t know, I grew up in Boston, we got one hurricane every 20 years, and it’s a category one. I imagine, New Orleans, wake me when it’s a Category IV, and then I’ll start to get excited.

Troy von Otnott: [00:07:26] Absolutely. The complacency for Hurricane Katrina was staggering. In fact, on a personal basis, my sister, and my niece, and nephew were very complacent. And as much as I had a bad feeling about this one and begged them to leave with me, they decided to stay. And for about two weeks after the storm landed, they were lost, lost in the system. And I thought they were dead because the ranch home that they were living in, in a suburb of New Orleans, had about three feet of water over its roofline. And fortunately, they were able to swim to the only two story home on their street and were rescued by helicopters. You probably remember those images from television.

Troy von Otnott: [00:08:08] So, it was, personally, a devastating experience and literally made me just want to completely change gears, switched direction, and try to see if I can add value to figuring out solutions, and become a part of the solution, instead a part of the problem.

Mike Blake: [00:08:26] So, I’ll interject. They said that humor is tragedy plus timing. We’re talking about this before. And I thought I was in Connecticut when this happened. I was not. We, actually, just moved to Atlanta. And when Katrina happened, it occurred at the same time as Dragon Con happened. And I remember being at Dragon Con. For those of you not in Atlanta, that’s basically our Comic Con. So, if you’re into dressing up as a Wookie, Dragon Con is for you, right, Labor Day weekend. And I was actually in a bar. I was not in costume. I don’t do that. But there are actually a couple of folks that had fled the city. And I was sitting next to this guy and he was—we’re watching on TV as they’re doing—just as you said, they’re pulling people out.

Mike Blake: [00:09:10] And here’s a guy whose life is completely uprooted. He’s watching it being uprooted in real time. And in the background behind him, there are storm troopers. There are people in Star Trek uniforms, Battlestar Galactica, Japanese Anime, everything you can possibly imagine. I’m thinking, “Boy, this poor guy next to me must think he cannot catch a break in any—” Either that or he thinks he actually fell asleep somewhere on the road, and he’s still dreaming. It’s a very odd juxtaposition. So, you-

Troy von Otnott: [00:09:44] By the way, not quite as odd as you being an esteemed accountant by day, father of dragons by night, so.

Mike Blake: [00:09:48] There you go, there you go. So, you had the shift, It made a huge impact on you. And was your family okay by the way? I didn’t ask you about that.

Troy von Otnott: [00:10:01] Yeah. Everyone survived. And lost property, but property can be replaced. In fact, that’s exactly what the first thing I did is I started working with the local city planning commission to work on building code improvements because we needed to build structures that we’re going to be able to sustain a Category IV or Category V storm. We don’t have a lot of those structures in New Orleans. We’ve got 150-year-old structures that, actually, did survive the wind loads from the storm but didn’t survive being submerged in 12 feet of water for two to three weeks.

Troy von Otnott: [00:10:34] So, I started building sustainable housing. We created a modular home company and was very successful. And ironically, I wanted to try to build a highly efficient and energy-efficient home. And we accomplished that after a couple of iterations working with our manufacturer. But I got to a point where I couldn’t make the home any more energy-efficient without adding some form of renewable energy. And so, I started doing some research and looking for a solar energy company. And lo and behold, there was not one in the entire state.

Troy von Otnott: [00:11:12] So, I started researching why that was the case. Why is California, why is New York and Northeast leading in the early stages of solar energy development, but we weren’t? I mean, we’re an energy production state, but we’re producing fossil fuels, not clean energy, and that didn’t make any sense to me. So, I worked with a group of of caring and passionate environmentalists, and we actually drafted a bill, which was a Louisiana renewable energy tax credit bill. And when I say we had no idea what we were doing, we really didn’t know what we were doing. But we were bull in China cabinets, and we were just committed to getting it done. And at the end of the day, at the next legislative session, we wound up passing a clean energy bill that in recent memory, none of the politicians could remember when a bill actually passed unanimously in the state legislature. They thought it was like a unicorn, it didn’t exist.

Troy von Otnott: [00:12:10] And so, I remember getting a call from the governor’s office after the bill passed, and they said, “Well, look, you’re the lead guy working on this bill. You need to come to the State Treasurer and meet with him.” And I said, “What did I do?” And he’s like, “Well, you need to tell the government how much money this tax bill is going to cost our state treasury.” And I literally said, “I have no idea.” And they’re like, “Well, you better figure it out because you did this bill.”

Troy von Otnott: [00:12:34] So, I go to the State Treasurer’s office two days later and they said, “Okay, how many individuals, or homeowners are likely to put solar panels on their house?” And I just kind of came up with a number and literally out of the air. And the guy was writing on a notepad, and he’s like, “Okay, so, that is equivalent to about $500,000. Does that sound right?” I said, “It sounds great to me.” And so, he’s like boom, stamp, “It’s good. Governor will sign it tomorrow.” I’m like, “Does this really happen?” And he’s like, “Yeah, it’s happening.”

Troy von Otnott: [00:13:06] And so, two days later, after the governor signed it, I get a phone call. It was from a 303 area code, and it was a guy named Shane. And he’s like, “Hey, are you the guy that did the renewable energy tax credit bill?” And I was like, “Yeah.” And I was like, “Did I do something wrong?” He’s like, “No, you did something extraordinary.” I was like, “What do you mean?” He goes, “Do you know you passed the most aggressive state tax credit in the United States for renewable energy?” I said, “I did?” He’s like, “Yeah. California has about a 10% tax credit. You have a 50% tax credit. How did you do that?” I was like, “I don’t know.” He said, “What business are you in?” I’m like, “I build energy-efficient houses.” He’s like, “You’re not in that business anymore.” I said, “I’m not?” He said, “No.” I’m like, “What business am I in.” He says, “You’re in the solar business now. I’m coming to see you tomorrow.” And I was like, “Okay.”

Troy von Otnott: [00:14:00] Guy gets on a plane, comes and meet me at the local hotel on Canal Street. And after about six hours, he said, “Hey, I’m with a company called SunPower. We’re one of the biggest brands of solar panels in the world. And you’re now our partner in Louisiana.” And literally, within a week, we formed a company called South Coast Solar. And within about six months, it went from me, my old friend, Tucker Crawford, and a solar expert named Scott Oman, and a part time accountant operating in my friend’s second bedroom to a downtown office with about 10 employees and about $3 to $4 million in sales.

Troy von Otnott: [00:14:36] And within two years, we became the largest clean energy company in the southeast. And it was a really interesting and wild ride. And we got indoctrinated into the national scene because people were just so excited to see someone outside of California or the Northeast actually develop a sustainable clean energy business industry. And so, we’re really proud of what we did with South Coast Solar.

Mike Blake: [00:15:00] So, that segues perfectly to the next question, and that is that especially here in the southeast, red state haven, there’s a perception and, really, I think, kind of a knee jerk reaction about when you say sustainability, you’re kind of bracing yourself for pushback, argument, lots of questions. I mean, as it turns out, I drive electric. And I still I remember one of the first times I drove outside of Atlanta, I went to a hotel. That’s where there’s a place to to plug in my car. They said no, but they said no in a way that their eyes said comrade at the end, right. Go back to Russia basically.

Troy von Otnott: [00:15:45] Right.

Mike Blake: [00:15:45] And I think we still—I still think we face a lot of that in certain sectors. And I got to imagine you face some of that in Louisiana, right? Especially a fossil fuel state. Talk about entrenched interests.

Troy von Otnott: [00:15:56] You know, it’s funny. I had a very close friend who was actually the CEO of of Entergy, which is the dominant energy company in New Orleans. And this is a friend that used to sit on my sofa and play Madden football with me. And so, now he’s running the biggest utility company in the south at that time. And he said, “Hey, I’m supportive of what you’re doing. I want you to know that.” He goes, “But you guys have got to get your cost in line because solar is way too expensive, and we can’t buy any of it.”

Troy von Otnott: [00:16:27] Well, flash forward 13 years later, and they’re still singing that same tune, right? So, it’s—and ironically, what’s happened in Georgia, regarding Georgia Power and Southern Company, is when I first moved here in 2010, they were not very supportive of the solar energy industry. In fact, it almost felt like they were running disinformation campaigns to suggest that clean energy doesn’t even work in Georgia. But at the end of the day, what all these utilities come to the realization is they have an obligation to their ratepayers to buy the cheapest form of energy that offers the most stability and that their ratepayers desire, right? Those are the three things. But number one is cost, right?

Troy von Otnott: [00:17:16] So, in 2018, solar is, by far, the cheapest energy outside of coal, natural gas, nuclear. It blows them all away. The only thing that’s cheaper than that is wind, but we don’t have a lot of onshore wind in this part of the country. So, now, even though Georgia is not a renewable portfolio state, there’s no mandate by the government to do this, Georgia Power, with the help of the Public Utility Commission, winds up buying a substantial amount of solar. We have a problem, it’s a problem, but it’s also a blessing that Atlanta is called a city in the forest because there’s so much tree cover that it’s almost impossible to find a home that’s not surrounded by 40 or 50-foot pine trees, right?

Mike Blake: [00:17:59] Right.

Troy von Otnott: [00:18:00] And so, you can’t get a direct line to the sun. So, you have massive shading issues everywhere. So, while there is very little residential solar in the market, in fact, I think in the entire state, only 40 homes last year put solar on their houses-

Mike Blake: [00:18:14] Okay.

Troy von Otnott: [00:18:14] … but utility scale solar has taken off. In fact, I helped Georgia Power put together a construction team to build 17 solar farms just last year. So, the fact is that they are now moving towards greening their own grid. And they’re doing it, not because it’s green, not because it’s sustainable, because it’s the lowest form of stable energy that they can offer the ratepayers.

Mike Blake: [00:18:43] And I’m curious, have they crossed the 1 gigawatt of capacity yet, solar?

Troy von Otnott: [00:18:48] They have.

Mike Blake: [00:18:48] Okay.

Troy von Otnott: [00:18:49] Yeah. In fact, the PUC just put out a new directive for them to buy, I think, another 1.6 gigawatts-

Mike Blake: [00:18:56] Okay.

Troy von Otnott: [00:18:56] … over the next few years. So, while that’s a decent amount of clean energy, I mean, it pales in comparison to what’s happening in California, pales what’s happening up in the Northeast. But it’s so much better than what it was five, six, seven years ago, right? So, at the end of the day, if you pull the ratepayers and ask them, “What form of energy do you want coming into your home or your business?” 80% of them will say, “Give me the clean stuff, right. I don’t want the coal because I don’t want my kid suffering from asthma.”.

Mike Blake: [00:19:31] Right.

Troy von Otnott: [00:19:32] Natural gas, that’s better. It’s a transition. It’s a bridge fuel. Let’s do that because we don’t want to have coal. The nuclear is just so expensive. It’s almost impossible to get a plant up and operating. And then, talk about annual maintenance and then decommissioning, which never gets into the economic model, which is kind of crazy to me.

Troy von Otnott: [00:19:50] But at the end of the day, cities and states are taking lead in the clean energy transformation. And there’s over 125 cities in the United States now that have mandated 100% clean energy sometime between 2035 and 2050. So, it’s coming, and it’s coming a lot faster than most people ever thought it would. ***

Mike Blake: [00:20:12] So, you bring up an interesting point. And I think, if I had asked this question five years ago, the answer would have been very different. What percentage of the sustainability program question now is being driven purely by economics, where it’s a more manifestly positive business case as opposed to, for whatever reason, we feel it’s the right thing to do case?

Troy von Otnott: [00:20:37] I would say 100% of it is, because at the end of the day, the definition of sustainability is having a business that will be around, right?

Mike Blake: [00:20:47] Yeah.

Troy von Otnott: [00:20:47] And so, what sustainability, ultimately, means is driving down cost of your operation, right? And so, when you talk about greening your supply chain, or you’re talking about more efficient lighting, or you’re talking about clean energy, all of those things have a return on investment, right?

Troy von Otnott: [00:21:05] So, at the end of the day, in order to be sustainable it means, you have to be able to turn a profit. And the only way you can turn a profit is to manage your operational cost. And everything that happens, whether you’re recycling, reusing, using smarter forms of energy, more efficient forms of energy, dealing with your waste issues in a more sustainable way, it’s all about saving money. And almost every single sustainability officer at any smaller, or midsize, or even large corporations here in Atlanta will tell you, this is not about politics. This is not about green versus red. This is about being green to make green. And so, if you think about it from that standpoint, everyone should be doing it because if you don’t manage to be profitable, you’re not going to be around to even have this discussion later on down the road.

Mike Blake: [00:22:01] So, I want to go to the flip side now. As I mentioned, we’re in a red state, there are a lot of red states around us. And you and I are roughly the same age. I was not a voting age when Jimmy Carter was president, but I do remember the whole sweater thing, turn the thermostat down, the 55-mile-an-hour speed limits and so forth. But that is because we just couldn’t buy the oil we wanted, right?

Troy von Otnott: [00:22:26] Sure.

Mike Blake: [00:22:26] It was scarcely there. And everybody mocked the solar panels on top of the White House. The first thing Ronald Reagan did was take it down-

Troy von Otnott: [00:22:32] Take it down.

Mike Blake: [00:22:33] … supposedly.

Troy von Otnott: [00:22:36] Yeah.

Mike Blake: [00:22:36] In a conservative environment, has the risk of stigmatizing yourself by being seen as too green, and hippie, and whatnot, is that no longer a concern? Is that sort of an old stereotype that’s gone by the wayside, or is that something that somebody needs to really kind of think about depending on what business they’re in and where they do it?

Troy von Otnott: [00:22:55] So, that question is interesting. And I think you get different answers from different people, right. If you talk to people in our age range, they probably are not as educated about these issues. But if you think in terms of the current generation of workers coming into the workforce, the millennials, the millennials care about this more than anything. They care about the environment more than anything because they are the ones that are going to be living in a completely different environment as they age, right.

Troy von Otnott: [00:23:29] I mean, you can have a political discussion, I guess, to some extent, about whether climate changes are anthropogenic or manmade, right? You can have that conversation if you want to. But at the end of the day, you cannot refute that the climate is changing and that it’s affecting agriculture, it’s affecting refugees, right. It’s affecting access to clean water. It’s affecting transportation systems. It’s affecting our entire global ecosystem, right. So-

Mike Blake: [00:24:01] And public health.

Troy von Otnott: [00:24:01] And public health. Public health is a really big issue that really people should be focusing on, but they don’t. I was just reading an article yesterday that I don’t know how many people died in Japan last week because of the heat wave, but it’s almost unsustainable. And so, if you think about—if you’re developing a workforce, and let’s just say you’re Coca-Cola, and you’re hiring millennials, they care about your environmental and social governance more than any other generation because they’re the ones that are going to have to deal with the ramifications of a changing climate.

Troy von Otnott: [00:24:38] So, if you don’t speak that language, and you don’t address their issues, the next company will. And so, it’s a recruiting issue more than anything. You’re not going to get the best of the best unless you are being environmentally and socially responsible, not just from a greenwashing standpoint, but this is a core tenet of who we are and what we are as a company.

Mike Blake: [00:24:59] And greenwashing is what?

Troy von Otnott: [00:25:00] I mean, greenwashing is a company saying that we’re doing all these amazing, wonderful, green things. But at the end of the day, it’s more of a PR campaign than it is an actual programmatic impact that the corporation is having to the bottom line, right. So, you can—Coca-Cola, actually, got pinged on this in the last few years, where they were making assertions in the global media that they were addressing water shortage issues or water quality issues all over the world. And when it came down to a lot of third-party independent organizations that are charged with understanding water scarcity issues, they realized that those issues haven’t been affected at all, and they haven’t changed their policies and their procedures to really ensure that there’s not an overuse of water in their respective markets where they’re operating their bottling facility.

Troy von Otnott: [00:26:00] So, they took that very seriously and said, “We cannot be looked upon in the world as a company that says what they’re doing and not do what they’re doing,” right? So, that’s what really greenwashing is. It’s just sort of a PR campaign to say we’re green just because it makes everybody feel good, but you can’t sit down and put your your corporate sustainability report out and have confirmed metrics by a reputable third-party organization.

Mike Blake: [00:26:28] Now, you touched on something that harkens back to a conversation we had before we hit the record button that I want to come back to, which is it’s not just about millennials anymore either. The capital markets are now paying a lot of attention to this. I read an article recently where I think something like 78% of Wall Street analysts now are factoring in the impact of climate change-

Troy von Otnott: [00:26:49] Absolutely.

Mike Blake: [00:26:51] … in their valuation models.

Troy von Otnott: [00:26:52] But you know why?

Mike Blake: [00:26:55] I may or may not. Tell me.

Troy von Otnott: [00:26:56] Because of the global insurance market, right? I mean, insurance drives everything, right? And if you can’t insure a business, there is no business. And so, the insurance markets are basically saying, “Hey, this climate change thing is real. It’s now. It’s not something that’s coming 10, 20, 30 years from now. We’re experiencing impacts of it right now. And if we don’t start addressing this issue, we’re not going to be able to insure businesses. And if we can’t insure a business, they cannot operate.”

Troy von Otnott: [00:27:26] But you mentioned financial aspects of this whole industry. And we talked briefly about this part of this—part at the start of the podcast. But, you take an organization like BlackRock, right? I think they’re the largest financial management company in the world. They have several trillion dollars under management. Their CEO last year, Larry Fink, put out a directive to all of their associates globally and said, “You guys better start taking environmental social governance seriously. And if you don’t, and you don’t have verifiable third-party validation of what you’re doing regarding ESG, you’re highly likely not going to get capital from us again.”

Troy von Otnott: [00:28:05] And it’s weird because BlackRock still funds coal plants, and they still fund natural gas, and they still fund oil and gas. And so, you can’t just turn on a dime, right? This is a battleship. It takes a very slow curve to change direction. But when it comes top down from the CEO saying, “You guys better take this seriously, or you’re not going to get capital,” I don’t care how big of a company you are. Apple has probably more cash than anybody in the world and are constantly borrowing money because debt is cheap. They don’t want to use their own capital when they can get 2% money from the bond market.

Mike Blake: [00:28:38] Sure.

Troy von Otnott: [00:28:38] Well, you’re not going to get that bond market money if you don’t have a serious commitment, a verifiable commitment to environmental and social governance all throughout your organization.

Mike Blake: [00:28:49] And part of that goes back to the insurability. You’re not going to get 2% money-

Troy von Otnott: [00:28:55] No way.

Mike Blake: [00:28:55] … if you’re not insured.

Troy von Otnott: [00:28:56] No way.

Mike Blake: [00:28:56] Right? You suddenly go from a-

Troy von Otnott: [00:28:59] Well, you can’t even operate.

Mike Blake: [00:28:59] Right.

Troy von Otnott: [00:28:59] You cannot operate. I mean, I was working on a new business model just last year trying to help Native American tribes do some interesting things that their laws, their sovereignty allows them to do. And unfortunately, we could not get the tribe insured. And we dealt with the top 17 global insurance. I mean, all the big names in the world. And every single one of them, over the course of a year, said, “No, we cannot give you a policy.” And therefore, there was no business. So, I have firsthand experience knowing that if you cannot get insurance, you cannot operate a business.

Mike Blake: [00:29:39] So, let’s say we want to think about setting up a sustainability program for our company for the first time. We often hear that some companies—that companies have a chief sustainability officer or one individual that, at least, ostensibly answers for all these sustainability initiatives. Is that a requisite? Is it such a distinct skill set that even if I’m a small company I, kind of, just going to bite the bullet and hire that? Or are there companies that have successfully rolled that portfolio into other responsibilities that already exist?

Troy von Otnott: [00:30:08] I mean, I think it depends on the size of the company, right. So, if you’re planning on putting out a corporate sustainability report, you’re going to need a CSO. But if you’re just a small to mid-sized business, there are really simple things that every business can do. I mean, really simple things like, reduce your energy load, right. I mean, the cheapest and easiest thing to do is to address your lighting in your building, right. And the technologies are so far advanced now and the short payback period is ridiculously low. I mean, any kind of a major LED lighting conversion in a small office like this or a manufacturing facility, two-year ROI max. A lot of them are coming in at one year. And so, if you can’t fund something on a one-year ROI basis, you’re in the wrong business.

Mike Blake: [00:30:56] Right, right.

Troy von Otnott: [00:30:57] So, there are things you can do to address your supply chain. There’s things you can do to address your waste material resources. There are things you can do to to address more sustainable transportation. I mean, there are many simple things that can be done. You don’t have to have a very complex program. But what I’ve learned in talking to companies and students all over the south over the last couple of years about this issue is, they want to be involved, and they want to be engaged, right.

Troy von Otnott: [00:31:26] So, it’s kind of a—I relate this, not on a really appropriate couple basis, but if you think about XPRIZE, right. XPRIZE does these really interesting challenges, whether they’re medical, whether they’re lunar landings, whether they’re clean energy or clean water, but they create competitions, right? And people like to compete. It’s the very nature of who we are. We always compete with each other.

Troy von Otnott: [00:31:52] And so, smart companies create these little, sort of, sustainability competitions, and they create real incentives and real rewards. So, whoever wins, I’m the most sustainable employee in my group for the first quarter, guess what? I get a trip, and I get to go to Cancun, and lay on the beach for three days with pay time off. So, I mean, I think the more you can engage a, sort of, employee plan that allows them to feel like they’re taking some responsibility and doing something that has impact, and it’s not just truly a top-down directive, it’s literally a bottom up, it becomes fun. You can even gamify it and really create teams. And people care about the stuff, and they want to feel like they’re having impact. That’s the biggest struggle.

Troy von Otnott: [00:32:39] Climate change, the biggest problem with climate change is the enormity of the scope. Every time I talk to someone who’s ill-informed about climate change, I might as well be watching a slow motion train wreck, right, because at the end of the day, their brain just melts down. They just like, “What can I do about carbon emissions in the atmosphere? I can’t go up there and grab those molecules.” And it’s just like if the problem’s too big, people don’t know how to deal with it.

Mike Blake: [00:33:08] Right. So, The good news, I think, is that sustainability is a trend that is accelerating now for various reasons, and some of it we’ve spoken about today. Is there a company or organization out there you think is in a particularly good job that has some lessons to teach other companies to follow?

Troy von Otnott: [00:33:26] Yeah. So, I didn’t even know about this until a few years ago when I heard a chief sustainability officer for Cox Enterprises give a presentation at Georgia Tech. I was speaking on clean energy, and they came in and talked about corporate sustainability. And I was literally blown away at how much impact one of Cox Communications divisions has on sustainability. So, they’ve got a good internal group called Cox Conserves. And this is a really dynamic division of that communications company. Well, they’re more than a communications company now. They’re pretty diversified.

Troy von Otnott: [00:34:03] But this organization does some extraordinary things, not the least of which they actually have their own budgets. So, they’ve created their own entrepreneurial co-working ecosystem within that organization. And they, basically, instead of just saying, “Hey, guys, we’re going to have a competition to see who drives the fewest amount of miles or who recycles the most cans,” I mean, they literally say, “Hey, Bob, do you have a really cool idea about how to save the planet? If so, why don’t you write a little executive summary and submit it to us? And if we like it, we will fund you. We will use our own internal capital resources to turn our employee into a sustainability entrepreneur.”

Troy von Otnott: [00:34:49] Like, that kind of forward thinking is really what’s going to be needed in order to make this transition. Because this problem is so big, it needs a lot of people working on it. And people don’t understand that little things actually add up to big things, right. I mean, to change one bulb, recycle one can, drive one mile less than you did yesterday. I mean, a lot of little things can add up to a big thing. And so, when people say, “I can’t do anything, this problem is too big,” that’s not accurate.

Mike Blake: [00:35:20] You mentioned about gamification, and I think you’re really onto something. So, I drive a Volt, and which is a serial hybrid. First, it’s rated for the first 38 miles on electric. After that, it’a nine gallon gas tank. And there’s a very active Volt community on Facebook, Volt owners basically. And there’s a competition to see how much mileage you actually can get out of that car on battery, right. And so, people are doing all kinds of things. Probably, it may or may not be the safest things in the world, but they’re over inflating their tires, right, like, 48 PSIs. So, you go over a bean bag, and you are jolted, right?

Mike Blake: [00:36:04] Right, right, right.

Troy von Otnott: [00:36:04] Or, how much can you coast, and maybe you don’t turn the air conditioner on. And the most I’ve ever gotten out of was 46 miles an hour, and I was miserable. I’ll never try that again. But it does work, right?

Troy von Otnott: [00:36:17] Absolutely.

Mike Blake: [00:36:18] And I think the Volt’s dashboard is set up for that feedback because it shows in real time how much distance you have left, right? And I’ll tell from my own perspective, because I grew up in a fossil fuel internal combustion engine world-

Troy von Otnott: [00:36:33] Sure, we all do.

Mike Blake: [00:36:33] … because I could put gas into my car but don’t really want to, every day that I—especially, every day that was, sort of, at the outside of my range, I don’t put gas on my car. I don’t feel like I’ve saved a polar bear. I just feel like I stole something for free.

Troy von Otnott: [00:36:49] Sure.

Mike Blake: [00:36:49] Right. And the gamification really works.

Troy von Otnott: [00:36:52] It really does. In fact, the old adage, everything old is new again. You’re probably old enough to have driven the original Model T, right?

Mike Blake: [00:37:01] Almost.

Troy von Otnott: [00:37:01] Exactly. So, the original Model T was electric.

Mike Blake: [00:37:05] I did not know that.

Troy von Otnott: [00:37:06] There you go, boom. Dropping knowledge, baby.

Mike Blake: [00:37:08] No, I did know that. I mean, there-

Troy von Otnott: [00:37:09] There were two versions of the Model T, by the way. One was electric. One was-

Mike Blake: [00:37:13] I do know that, at the time, that internal combustion started to catch on. There was a competing industry than battery. And we know the history—the rest of the history.

Troy von Otnott: [00:37:24] Right.

Mike Blake: [00:37:26] And we flirted for battery for such a long time. Now, it looks like we’re rapidly approaching battery ICE parody.

Troy von Otnott: [00:37:33] We are. I mean, two or three years ago, I think people were saying that internal combustion engine parody level was going to be sometime around 2030.

Mike Blake: [00:37:46] Right.

Troy von Otnott: [00:37:48] Now, it’s 2025. And then, I read a report the other day where it’s like 2023. Like it keeps getting shorter. And it’s because R&D in battery technology is one of the bright shining spots of clean tech. A lot of money is flowing into battery storage. And the amazing work that Tesla is doing, and Panasonic is doing, and others is really the north star. It’s where all the major successes are going to happen.

Troy von Otnott: [00:38:17] And so, the utility companies actually didn’t see this coming, right. And so, now, they’ve got to kind of change their whole mindset and say, “Hey, you know how we were going to build this natural gas combustion system, and we’re going to generate 500 megawatts power?” well, they’re not really economical now that we’ve got battery storage. So, instead of building picker plants, these coal firing plants are now in demand, right? And so, at the end of the day, battery storage gets dramatically cheaper every year. And in a couple of years, none of these plants outside of solar, wind, and storage are going to be able to compete.

Mike Blake: [00:39:00] And oddly enough, I think the⁠—this is off topic, but I’ll throw it out there anyway. The VW diesel scandal, I think actually moved that.

Troy von Otnott: [00:39:10] Dieselgate.

Mike Blake: [00:39:11] Yeah, exactly. I think that moved the needle significantly.

Troy von Otnott: [00:39:16] Absolutely.

Mike Blake: [00:39:17] They went from ICE to electric, really, in a period of two and a half years.

Troy von Otnott: [00:39:23] And by 2025, every model that they make will have an electric version.

Mike Blake: [00:39:27] Yeah, right. And Volvo is following through.

Troy von Otnott: [00:39:29] But that fine they got was painful. It wasn’t a light fine. I mean, they got punched in the mouth.

Mike Blake: [00:39:37] And I think⁠—I mean, I don’t think it hurt him as much in America, but I think in terms of-

Troy von Otnott: [00:39:40] Publishing.

Mike Blake: [00:39:41] … public relation and branding-

Troy von Otnott: [00:39:42] Yeah.

Mike Blake: [00:39:42] … killed them in Europe, right?

Troy von Otnott: [00:39:42] Right. It hurt them bad in Europe.

Mike Blake: [00:39:45] I think they thought⁠—and it costs the CEO’s job.

Troy von Otnott: [00:39:47] People⁠—but not only that, but people felt betrayed.

Mike Blake: [00:39:50] Right.

Troy von Otnott: [00:39:50] I mean, I’ve got a good friend of mine who lives here in Atlanta who is a lifelong Volvo and VW enthusiast. And he literally felt btrayed. He felt like he was completely lied to. And he, not only sold his car, he never bought another car.

Mike Blake: [00:40:08] Wow!

Troy von Otnott: [00:40:09] Like he literally got an electric bike, and does public transportation, he does Uber, and was just so incensed by being lied to by that corporation that it changed his whole relationship with the brand. It ended it.

Mike Blake: [00:40:22] That’s basically breaking up with your boyfriend and keying his car on the way out.

Troy von Otnott: [00:40:24] Absolutely, absolutely. See you.

Mike Blake: [00:40:31] So, I’ve read a literature. You probably have too. There are studies now coming out that companies that have a strong sustainability posture tend to outperform others, kind of, in areas that aren’t directly involved with sustainability also. Have you seen that? Is there credibility or are we getting ahead of ourselves?

Troy von Otnott: [00:40:50] No. So, there’s a study done last year, well, in 2018 that said companies that have embedded ESG programs have a valuation basis somewhere between 175 and 250 basis points better than those that don’t. And I mean, I know that’s financial speak.

Mike Blake: [00:41:11] Right.

Troy von Otnott: [00:41:11] But that’s real money when you talk about-

Mike Blake: [00:41:13] Loss 2% profit margin,.

Troy von Otnott: [00:41:14] … 2% profit margin. It’s really⁠—it’s a big number when you talk about a lot of companies are in single digit profit margin.

Mike Blake: [00:41:23] Yeah. If you improve Coca-Cola’s profit margin by-

Troy von Otnott: [00:41:25] 1%.

Mike Blake: [00:41:25] … 2.5%.

Troy von Otnott: [00:41:26] It’s a Big deal.

Mike Blake: [00:41:27] That’s a lot more electric-powered private jets are getting.

Troy von Otnott: [00:41:31] When I first came to Atlanta in 2010, Coca-Cola was the first company that I met with. And we were working with them on some different recycling technology. And they literally said, “If you move our profit margin by 0.5%, we will do it. That’s all you had to do.” I mean, that’s how big of a scale global operation they had that that’s a tremendous amount of revenue to their bottom line. And so, now, Coca-Cola is, obviously, one of the global leaders in sustainability. I mean, they are almost single-handedly focused on water efficiency because, look, we’ve got problems with the changing climate. It’s not just that it’s getting hotter, it’s not just that seas are rising, but it’s affecting global agriculture. It’s affecting our ability to get potable water. It’s affecting health services. It’s affecting disease. We’re destroying species at a rate that’s never happened in the history of mankind.

Troy von Otnott: [00:42:35] And so, you got to kind of steer the conversation away. “Oh, well, I could just turn my air conditioner up a little bit more. Who cares if it gets a little warmer?” Look, we’ve got a problem with our oceans, right? We’ve got a major problem with plastic in our oceans. But if you think about the biggest global carbon sink that we have is our oceans. And the more acidified those oceans become, the more it destroys aquatic ecosystems. And I promise you, if you haven’t thought about this, a dead ocean equals a dead planet.

Mike Blake: [00:43:05] Yeah.

Troy von Otnott: [00:43:06] Right? And so, at the end of the day, it doesn’t matter how much money you think you’re going to make, or how much money you need to make, you will make no money on a dead planet. And so, we’re all not going to Mars. I mean, God bless Elon, but that atmosphere is not very inviting. I’m not going to Mars.

Mike Blake: [00:43:21] No.

Troy von Otnott: [00:43:21] So, we’ve got to fix this planet. And we owe it to the future generations. I mean, look, at the end of the day, we’re all going to be here. God bless if we were healthy call it 80 to 100 years, right? But that’s just a⁠—it’s a blink of an eye on a geologic timescale scale, right? And it means nothing, but we’ve done more damage in the last hundred years to our global ecosystem that’s ever been done in the history of the world. And so, there’s this old Indian proverb. It’s like, “We don’t inherit the earth from our ancestors. We borrow it from our children.” That’s the⁠—like people, like the minds of men altogether.

Mike Blake: [00:43:58] Yeah, right.

Troy von Otnott: [00:43:58] Think about that for a second. So, even though I don’t have children – you do – I care about your children just as much as I care about a child in Ethiopia, or a child in India, or a child in Europe. It’s like we owe it to them to leave this planet better off than when we found it, or if not, just the same as, not worse. We have a responsibility for people that come after us. If we don’t, when it’s our time to leave this planet, we’re not going to do it in great graces. I promise you that.

Mike Blake: [00:44:31] So, a couple more questions before we wrap up here. Let’s say that I’m a listener, and, now, I’m convinced, we really got to put in some kind of sustainability program. What are the first steps to think about?

Troy von Otnott: [00:44:44] Well, there’s this amazing new invention called the interwebs, and you can-

Mike Blake: [00:44:49] I’ve heard of it.

Troy von Otnott: [00:44:49] Yeah. You can get on the internet. I mean, there’s so much public available information. The good news is that if you Google or search corporate sustainability reports, a lot of the reports are in the public domain. And so, you can get a report from Apple, which has a phenomenal program. You can get a report from Cox. You can get a report from Coca-Cola, from Alliance, from, major insurance companies, anyone. I mean, there’s tons of public available data out there. You don’t have to reinvent the wheel. There’s a lot of great case studies about things that work, being proven, easy to verify, not hard to implement.

Troy von Otnott: [00:45:30] And, the one thing at the end of the day, beyond, sort of, “trying to save the planet” is the the morale impact that you will have on your employees is palpable. I mean, when they feel like they are actually contributing to something good, and social impact is really kind of a broad umbrella, but when they feel like they’re actually adding value, and they can go back and look at their parents, and go back and look at their kids and say, “I did something. Even though it’s small, I did something,” right.

Mike Blake: [00:46:03] Everybody, especially millennials, we  Gen-Xers are okay with slogging for the paycheck, millennials aren’t quite so much into that, right?

Troy von Otnott: [00:46:12] Not at all.

Mike Blake: [00:46:14] And maybe they’re smarter than are we, but-

Troy von Otnott: [00:46:16] They’re not smarter, they’re just more woke, right? I mean, at the end of the day, they know they’re going to be the ones living in a different environment. It’s not us. I mean, yeah, to an extent, if you’re 50 years old, in the next 30 years, by 2050, you’re going to see some pretty bad stuff. But 2060, 2070, 2080, I mean, you’re going to see a real huge problem.

Troy von Otnott: [00:46:41] And, to your point earlier, when we’re talking, it doesn’t matter how many solar panels, or how many wind turbines we put up, or how many efficient lights, we put it on, or how many electric cars we drive, there’s so much legacy carbon in our atmosphere that, a few years ago, geoengineering was a hot topic in the scientific community about should we? It’s no longer about should we? It’s we’re going to have to. We have to remove legacy CO2, or else. And so, when you’re given an “or else,” you better do something because it’s not going anywhere. I mean, like you said, it’s in the atmosphere for a hundred years.

Mike Blake: [00:47:20] Whenever⁠—even as a kid, whenever my parents said, “or else,” I never thought, “You know what, or else is probably the way I want to go.”

Troy von Otnott: [00:47:27] Exactly.

Mike Blake: [00:47:27] Never works out that way.

Troy von Otnott: [00:47:29] Give us some of that or else.

Mike Blake: [00:47:30] Give me a thing. I’ll have a second helping with the or else.

Troy von Otnott: [00:47:33] Exactly.

Mike Blake: [00:47:34] Troy, this has been great. Thank you so much for doing this. If somebody wants to contact you to learn more about this, maybe get some advice about maybe launching a program or tweaking the one they already have, can they do that?

Troy von Otnott: [00:47:44] Sure, yeah. You can contact me in my email. It’s troy@massive-tech.com.

Mike Blake: [00:47:51] All right. Well, that’s going to wrap it up for today’s program. And I would like to thank Troy von Otnott so much for joining us and sharing his expertise with us today. We explore a new topic each week. So, please turn in, so that when you are faced with your next business decision, you have clear vision when making it. If you enjoy this podcast, please consider leaving a review with your favorite podcast aggregator. It helps people find us, so that we can help them. Once again, this is Mike Blake. Our sponsor is Brady Ware & Company. And this has been the Decision Vision Podcast.

Tagged With: Cox Conserves, Cox Enterprises, CPa, CPA firm, Dayton accounting, Dayton business advisory, Dayton CPA, Dayton CPA firm, Decision Vision, Entergy, fossil fuels, Georgia Power, going green, green energy, greenwashing, insurability, Massive Technologies, Michael Blake, Mike Blake, millennials, public health, recruiting millennials, solar energy, solar power, sustainability, sustainability program, transportation systems, Troy von Otnott

Decision Vision Episode 29: Should I Cooperate with a Competitor? – An Interview with Tom Brooks, Windham Brannon

August 22, 2019 by John Ray

Decision Vision
Decision Vision
Decision Vision Episode 29: Should I Cooperate with a Competitor? – An Interview with Tom Brooks, Windham Brannon
Loading
00:00 /
RSS Feed
Share
Link
Embed

Download file

Mike Blake and Tom Brooks

Should I Cooperate with a Competitor?

Why would you collaborate with a competitor? How do you establish and maintain trust with a competitor you cooperate with?  Host Mike Blake, Head of the Valuation Practice at Brady Ware, discusses these questions and more with Tom Brooks, Director of the Valuation Practice at Windham Brannon. “Decision Vision” is presented by Brady Ware & Company.

Tom Brooks, Windham Brannon

Tom Brooks, Windham Brannon

Tom Brooks is a Principal and Director of the Valuation Practice at Windham Brannon. Tom has over 20 years of experience handling valuation and litigation support matters. He specializes in guiding clients with the valuation of their businesses, business interests, and intangible assets for mergers and acquisitions, gift and estate planning, financial and tax reporting, charitable giving, strategic planning, shareholder disputes, commercial litigation, and marital dissolution. Tom has worked with businesses of all sizes, including start-up companies to larger companies with over $1 billion in revenues. He is effective at communicating complex valuation issues and collaborating with his clients in building successful relationships.

Prior to joining Windham Brannon, he was a Senior Manager in the Valuation practice of a leading tax and advisory firm. As a licensed CPA in Georgia, Accredited in Business Valuation (ABV) and as an Accredited Senior Appraiser (ASA), Tom often speaks for organizations such as the Atlanta National Association of Certified Valuation Analysts (NACVA) chapter, the Georgia Society of Certified Public Accountants and Atlanta Alumni of Retired Revenue Agents. He has also presented for Georgia Tech and LaGrange College accounting students and at Merrill Lynch seminars.

Michael Blake, Brady Ware & Company

Mike Blake, Host of “Decision Vision”

Michael Blake is Host of the “Decision Vision” podcast series and a Director of Brady Ware & Company. Mike specializes in the valuation of intellectual property-driven firms, such as software firms, aerospace firms and professional services firms, most frequently in the capacity as a transaction advisor, helping clients obtain great outcomes from complex transaction opportunities. He is also a specialist in the appraisal of intellectual properties as stand-alone assets, such as software, trade secrets, and patents.

Mike has been a full-time business appraiser for 13 years with public accounting firms, boutique business appraisal firms, and an owner of his own firm. Prior to that, he spent 8 years in venture capital and investment banking, including transactions in the U.S., Israel, Russia, Ukraine, and Belarus.

Brady Ware & Company

Brady Ware & Company is a regional full-service accounting and advisory firm which helps businesses and entrepreneurs make visions a reality. Brady Ware services clients nationally from its offices in Alpharetta, GA; Columbus and Dayton, OH; and Richmond, IN. The firm is growth minded, committed to the regions in which they operate, and most importantly, they make significant investments in their people and service offerings to meet the changing financial needs of those they are privileged to serve. The firm is dedicated to providing results that make a difference for its clients.

Decision Vision Podcast Series

“Decision Vision” is a podcast covering topics and issues facing small business owners and connecting them with solutions from leading experts. This series is presented by Brady Ware & Company. If you are a decision maker for a small business, we’d love to hear from you. Contact us at decisionvision@bradyware.com and make sure to listen to every Thursday to the “Decision Vision” podcast. Past episodes of “Decision Vision” can be found here. “Decision Vision” is produced and broadcast by the North Fulton studio of Business RadioX®.

Visit Brady Ware & Company on social media:

LinkedIn:  https://www.linkedin.com/company/brady-ware/

Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/bradywareCPAs/

Twitter: https://twitter.com/BradyWare

Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/bradywarecompany/

Show Transcript

Intro: [00:00:01] Welcome to Decision Vision, a podcast series focusing on critical business decisions, brought to you by Brady Ware & Company. Brady Ware is a regional, full-service, accounting and advisory firm that helps businesses and entrepreneurs make vision a reality.

Michael Blake: [00:00:20] And welcome to Decision Vision, a podcast giving you, the listener, clear vision to make great decisions. In each episode, we discuss the process of decision making on a different topic. Rather than making recommendations because everyone’s circumstances are different, we talk to subject matter experts about how they would recommend thinking about that decision.

Michael Blake: [00:00:37] My name is Mike Blake, and I’m your host for today’s program. I’m a Director at Brady Ware & Company, a full-service accounting firm based in Dayton, Ohio, with offices in Dayton; Columbus, Ohio; Richmond, Indiana; and Alpharetta, Georgia, which is where we are recording today. Brady Ware is sponsoring this podcast. If you like this podcast, please subscribe on your favorite podcast aggregator. And please also consider leaving a review of the podcast as well.

Michael Blake: [00:01:01] So, our topic today is cooperating with competitors. And this is a a ticklish topic. We think of competitors in the marketplace, regardless of our industry, it could be public accounting, it could be advisory, it could be manufacturing cars, it could be airlines. Very few businesses are not in a competitive scenario in some case. And by the way, if you are in a business that isn’t in one, please write me. I’d like to know what that is, so I can then compete with you because that sounds great.

Michael Blake: [00:01:38] And what I’ve learned over the last 15 years or so that I’ve been in business is that some industries just can’t get along. Like years and years ago, I did a project for Coca-Cola Enterprises. And I was a contractor there doing some financial analysis. And at the time, you walk into their office, and everything is Coca-Cola red. They got polar bears all over the place, and bottles of Coke, and everything else. And it’s definitely rah-rah, sort of, company branding is at the forefront. And if—I did not do this, but somebody else I knew did, went off premises, and then came back with a bag full of Taco Bell, which at the time was owned by Pepsi Co. Now, Yum! Brands, I don’t know if Pepsi is owned by them or not, but that was a big no-no. Like even having food from the competing beverage was not a fireable offense, but boy, you’ve got the Coca-Cola stink eye, and then some when you did that.

Michael Blake: [00:02:39] I imagine there was a time when you had that kind of rivalry at Microsoft and Apple. I don’t think that’s the case today. And we think of of competition as something that, frankly, we have to destroy, that they are enemies, that they are opposing us, that they are taking food out of our mouths, and that they are something to be feared and disliked. But I think in modern business, that’s not necessarily always the case. And you see industries where, in certain cases, competitors do band together. The auto industry, as competitive as they are, they do band together in order to promote safety in their industry. They band together to make sure that regulations aren’t too constraining.

Michael Blake: [00:03:27] In the airline industry, I think the same thing. I think the same thing is true. You see partnerships all over the place where maybe companies are cross-selling each other’s services. And maybe, I’ll go back to airlines, they’re actually a really good example too because of your quote sharing. So, my family and I are going to take a trip to Scandinavia later this year, and our plane ticket says Delta. But at some point, we’re probably going to be put on an SAS plane, or a Norwegian airplane, or something. We don’t know that, but because those are competitors that are cooperating, right, that’s the kind of customer experience that we’re going to have. And because they cooperate, we don’t have to get out at Paris, and then walk the rest of the way to Copenhagen, which would be a real pain in the neck.

Michael Blake: [00:04:12] And so, I wanted to explore this because in my particular practice—and I don’t know if I’m exceptional in either direction or right about the average, but I can tell you in my practice in business valuation, about somewhere between 20% and 30% of my business actually comes from competing firms. And I don’t necessarily know that I’m exceptional, but on the off chance that is exceptional some way, that means that there’s a lesson to learn. I want to talk about what if your competitors aren’t your mortal enemies? What if you’re not just always locked in a life-and-death struggle with your competitors? And not in a way where you’re forming a cartel. I mean, our firm is not a big enough firm. I’m not going to cartel anything. But there’s a long—there’s a big gap between cartel and cutthroat, winner-take-all competition.

Michael Blake: [00:05:10] And so, that’s what I want to talk about today because if you’re not thinking about competitors in terms of if there’s a potential partnership and a potential cooperation and opportunity, you may be leaving money on the table. You may be leaving business value on the table. And maybe, also, you’re living a more stressful life than you have to. And so, I’ve brought in a guest today that, I think, this will be a little bit of a different conversation because I’m going to be more of an active participant rather than an interviewer.

Michael Blake: [00:05:38] But I brought in my friend Tom Brooks today, who is a competitor with whom that I cooperate quite a bit. Tom is a Director in the Valuation of Litigation Services Group of Windham Brannon PC, a midsized certified public accounting firm in Atlanta. I think about the same size as Brady Ware. I haven’t measured it, but I get the sense we’re about roughly the same size. Tom has over 20 years of experience handling valuation and litigation support matters. He specializes in guiding clients at the valuation of their businesses, business interests, and intangible assets for mergers and acquisitions, gift and estate planning, financial and tax reporting, charitable giving, strategic planning, shareholder disputes, commercial litigation, and marital dissolution. Tom has worked with businesses of all sizes, including startup companies to larger companies with over $1 billion in revenues. He is effective at communicating complex valuation issues, and collaborating with his clients, and building successful relationships.

Michael Blake: [00:06:35] Prior to joining Windham Brannon, he was a Senior Manager in the Valuation Practice of a leading tax advisory firm. As a licensed CPA in Georgia, accredited in business valuation, and as an accredited senior appraiser, Tom often speaks for organizations such as the Atlanta National Association for Certified Valuation Analysts or NACVA – that has got to be the weirdest, most awkward acronym in the history of mankind. And I’m a NACVA member, so I can speak to that internally – the Georgia Society of Certified Public Accountants and Atlanta Alumni of Retired Revenue Agents. He has also presented for Georgia Tech, and LaGrange College Accounting Students, and at Merrill Lynch seminars. And Tom and I used to work together. And he won’t admit this, but I actually worked for him technically, at least, 15 years ago. And we have tracked each other’s careers and have been good friends ever since. And it’s a terrific pleasure to have Tom Brooks in the program. Tom, thanks for coming on.

Tom Brooks: [00:07:32] It’s great to be on. Mike, I appreciate it. That’s quite an intro, and I think it makes me sound a little better than I really am. And yeah, you really didn’t work for me, Mike. That wasn’t really the case.

Michael Blake: [00:07:43] So, you see. I mean, he’s only saying that, so that if I do something bad, he doesn’t want the blame for it. So, talk to us a little bit about your practice in Windham Brannon. How big is that practice, generally speaking? I’m not looking for a number of terms or anything. And what do you focus on within that practice?

Tom Brooks: [00:08:01] Yeah. Our practice highlights a lot of what you highlighted in my bio, which is a mouthful, but traditional business valuation of privately held entities. A number of reasons that clients may perform those. You’ve probably talked about those a lot on your program and on the podcast here. But we do a lot of work around exit planning for our clients, management planning, which can be very broad, to keeping a scorecard.

Tom Brooks: [00:08:28] What’s my business worth? Why am I—the investments that I’m making, the growth that I’m achieving, why is that happening and how does it impact value? We do a lot of work as a firm in Windham Brannon. We’ve got a large high-net worth practice. So, we do a lot of work with our high-net worth clients that have their businesses. And they may be looking at transition planning. How do we transition the business to the next generation? If there’s no next generation, what’s the next—how do we exit? And then, financial reporting. And for accounting purposes, valuation for purchase price allocations, goodwill impairment, stock compensation. And then, finally, probably the last piece to our puzzle in terms of our jigsaw puzzle of our practice would be litigation support in terms of commercial litigation cases and where valuation comes into play in those.

Tom Brooks: [00:09:20] Our practice has been in existence now for 18 months. And we have within—we practice as a litigation and valuation group together. We’ve got two partners and a senior manager in that group. So, I will say that I’ve been announced as a new principal in the firm, Mike, so-

Michael Blake: [00:09:42] Oh, Congratulations! We heard it here first.

Tom Brooks: [00:09:46] So, it’s a great—it’s been a good—we’ve had a good, very successful start in the 18 months that I’ve been in Windham Brannon.

Michael Blake: [00:09:51] That is great. That is great to hear. I know that was kind of the plan when you joined, but I know you never take anything for granted. And that road to principle can be a bumpy one too. So, we’ll amend that bio. You’re a principal now at Windham Brannon. Your Excellency.

Tom Brooks: [00:10:08] Don’t go there, Mike.

Michael Blake: [00:10:12] So, you have chosen, I think, in your career, really, to be pretty open about cooperating with competing firm, not just ours, but others. We don’t need to be exclusive, so. But why is that? Why do you have that outlook and that philosophy?

Tom Brooks: [00:10:30] I think it all comes back to—and this may hit—this may be a recurring theme this afternoon. It comes back to trust. I mean, it’s not—I’m not an open book that no matter who I sit down with in terms of my competitors, but I’m not afraid to ask questions when you develop that level of trust with somebody to say, “Am I handling this client situation right?” And it’s not like we’re sitting here sharing our Rolodex or client names and revealing that. It’s talking more about issues that we may face as practitioners. And again, I’m sure these are topics that you’ve talked about. If we were to talk about technical topics and valuation, you and I could have two—there could be two very different approaches. And they may not be or they could be similar.

Tom Brooks: [00:11:13] So, so much of our—and in the career field of valuation, frequently, it said that it may be more science or more art than science, rather. And so, why wouldn’t you—in my case, I think it’s just kind of how I’m wired as well. Why wouldn’t you open yourself up and be trustworthy of some other folks potentially? Again, it’s not everybody but those, that over time, you developed a relationship like that with. You’ve just got to develop that high level of trust before you can get to where you’re going to kind of be a friendly, friendly competitor.

Michael Blake: [00:11:49] And I’ll interject to that. I think another ingredient to that is ego. I think in the valuation profession, more than most other areas of accounting, ego is more prominent and more pronounced, right? And we both know practitioners that what other faults they have, healthy self-esteem is not one of them.

Tom Brooks: [00:12:09] Right.

Michael Blake: [00:12:09] Right? And I do think that our profession, sometimes, encourages or discourages that. I think our profession, sometimes, a little bit more water coolery. Nobody is either sort of is good or maybe good in a certain area. But what we tend to put people in the bucket. They’re either a genius or an idiot, right? Not learning, not trending, whatever, right?

Tom Brooks: [00:12:35] Right.

Michael Blake: [00:12:36] And I think part of the willingness to cooperate is a willingness to be vulnerable, right?

Tom Brooks: [00:12:43] Right.

Michael Blake: [00:12:43] And say, “Look, I don’t know everything about this. I don’t.” We do some estate and gift tax work, but you do 10 times more work there. And that’s okay, I’m willing to say, “Look, I don’t think I need to necessarily give up the engagement, but I do need to sort of phone a friend,” right?

Tom Brooks: [00:13:02] And like you, I’ve got other—and you and I probably just talked about issues like that. And there have been issues that I’ve raised around technology that I’ve phoned you about. And I have other former co-workers and, now, competitors that, again, have very good relationships with. The same thing, you referenced the gift and estate. They’ll call and say, “Hey, I’m dealing with this issue. I don’t deal with it that often. Can you…”  Usually, most of the time even, you or somebody else are going to call and say, “Here’s the way I’m thinking about it.” They’re not asking you to solve their problem. They’re asking you to help them. And you may take them in a completely different direction. But that does speak yet of that vulnerability to be willing to listen, and ask somebody, and say, “Okay, there’s a better way to do it than the way I’m thinking about it. And I want to go find the right way,” because that’s the best answer for your client.

Michael Blake: [00:13:48] Yeah. And you’ll learn something, right?

Tom Brooks: [00:13:49] Right.

Michael Blake: [00:13:49] And one question you have to ask later. And you mentioned something I didn’t thought of. I think it’s a really important point. My father was in this industry too, but he had two jobs over the course of his career. I think I’m on number eight now, and I’ve got, at least, 17 or 18 years of work left in me, give or take health. So, will this be my last job? I don’t know. I think we all hope it is. That’s why I’m a director. But we’re, now, building networks of people that we worked with in our generation and subsequent generations much more rapidly than I think generations before us, aren’t we? And that probably contributes to this, doesn’t it?

Tom Brooks: [00:14:29] I think that’s the case. And again, this is not—there’s no, I guess, poll data to back it up. But I think you’re right. I think especially—and I can’t speak to any other platform other than accounting firms. That’s where I’ve spent most of my career. But you do, at times, get that hesitancy and sense. And maybe it is from some of the older partners or the generation before us. And it’s not to say all of them are that way, but there can be a very strong hesitancy. “Well, Tom, you want to refer our client that we can’t do work for to another accounting firm?” And that is one reason I would say our success has been great at Windham Brannon because my partners aren’t thinking that way. It’s just—but I’ve seen it throughout life in terms of my career, and I’ve seen it. Other practitioners will tell me the same thing that they experience some of those same roadblocks when you do want to have this healthy, friendly, competitive nature to your relationship.

Michael Blake: [00:15:32] Well, and we’ve had—you and I have had that because the firm I used to work for before Brady Ware was of that mind was that just referring stuff to another CPA firm, that was just not on the table.

Tom Brooks: [00:15:44] Right.

Michael Blake: [00:15:44] And it killed me that I had to basically tell you that because I didn’t want you to refer stuff thinking of those stuff coming back because it was not, and it did not. So, that was a very liberating thing about sort of planting my flag. And I think now, that other firm has sort of started to loosen up a little bit in terms of sharing. But that can be a real issue. And I’ll admit, maybe 10 years ago, I might have had—10-12 years ago, I might have had that same mindset. You’ve just got to hold on to every client like they’re the last life vest on the Titanic.

Tom Brooks: [00:16:15] Right.

Michael Blake: [00:16:17] Right? But then, with us, especially, we can get into something, what I call a valuation Vietnam, where you think you’re getting into something that’s going to turn out fine. And then, you get in, and you’re not, and it’s not. And maybe—and you look back, you think, “Boy, I’m not sure I should have taken that on.” But halfway through, you’re, kind of, committed. You just got to figure it out. And you learn that I don’t know that I even did myself a favor by taking every seat. If Tom were here doing this, he would have been done three weeks ago. And here I am, here I am tearing my hair out at 2:00 a.m. trying to figure out this problem. And I think there’s a maturity element to that.

Tom Brooks: [00:16:56] No, time teaches you a lot in any form no matter what your career choice is. I believe that especially when you listen to business owners and entrepreneurs. We’ve all failed probably in some capacity somewhere, and it’s how do you learn from that. And, again, it’s taking the ego out of it, and being willing to learn, and being open. It’s not—I think it’s along the same lines that when we’re told no, or we don’t win an assignment, probably when I first started, that would hurt me a lot more than it does now. You have to lose some engagements to figure some things out and to learn a little bit more about how people view you in the marketplace.

Tom Brooks: [00:17:38] And so, I think it just goes to some humility along the way too that you learn, and you make some mistakes, and being willing to learn from those. And so, again, as you age and mature in your business career, hopefully, you become more open to these types of concepts.

Michael Blake: [00:17:57] And I think it helps to have definition in terms of what you just know. You just know in your heart of hearts, you’re not very good at doing. I’ve been very open with you and anybody who’ll listen, I don’t do litigation. I’m not very good at it, and I’m not willing or interested to make the investment required to become even mediocre at it. So, being a mediocre expert witness, that’s a bad day, being deposed when you know you’re not that great.

Michael Blake: [00:18:29] And that is maturity, but I think it’s also liberating. And I think in a certain way to it, it actually helps your brand, right? I don’t get a lot of litigation referrals anymore, either now, because the market has known like, “Blake, he’s just not going to do it.” But I think that tends to lead to more projects that you are good at being sent your way. And I think the market respects you more when you’ll turn them down, right?

Tom Brooks: [00:18:58] I agree. I mean, what you and I do is professional services. This isn’t just about being a CPA. And for listeners out there, especially in professional services arena, this is really what it gets back to. It’s your firm’s reputation. And some people may have their own firm. So, the name may go—your individual name may go with the firm name. But at the end of the day, as a practicing valuation specialist at Windham Brannon, it’s both my reputation and the firm’s reputation every day that are on the line. And that’s a risk that I have to manage as a practice leader. And with firm leadership, when you have questions about engagements that you may or may not want to take on.

Tom Brooks: [00:19:36] But like you said, it’s kind of one of those, “Maybe I would have been better off.” But thinking ahead and as you encounter something that’s going to be considered maybe outside your comfort zone, it doesn’t mean that we don’t take all assignments outside our comfort zone because, sometimes, it relates to something we’ve done before, and you just got to stretch yourself and learn, like you said earlier in the podcast. And that’s what we—many times, that’s the way we take new tasks on or responsibilities is we learn. And some of it for us is on the job. And we don’t have all the answers, as you said, but, sometimes, it’s almost like phone a friend, right?

Michael Blake: [00:20:13] Yeah.

Tom Brooks: [00:20:13] I mean that’s what you just talked about. And sometimes, those things will help you kind of navigate those challenging situations. But, again, having those open relationships that you can do that, to use your word, it’s liberating to be able to know that in the event that I’m struggling with something, I’ve got a lifeline out there to help me make sure that I’m doing the right thing for my client.

Michael Blake: [00:20:36] So, I’d like to revisit the trust discussion because I think so much of that, ultimately, comes down to that. And there are two areas I want to explore. One is, what are some of those dimensions of trust? It’s obvious, part of it is going to be just, are you competent, right? I’ll give you the fine China, don’t drop it, please. But there are kind of other elements of trust that belong there too, right? So, talk a little bit about what those trust features look like.

Tom Brooks: [00:21:05] Yeah, I think that’s one of the things in thinking about what we’re going to talk about today as I went through in my head. It’s kind of, like you said, the opposite, potentially, of trust. Like you, you get to see a lot of work product come across your desk of your competitors, whether it’d be just one of your partners is asking you to review something because they had a valuation done by an outside firm, or maybe it’s the on the accounting side that our audit team needs something reviewed, and I’m looking at it. So, the first element is kind of that competency. It’s just kind of that, does the expert that we may send this out to, do they have the competency, and will they be taken care of? The way I think of it as well is, will my client or the firm’s client be taken care of as well as they would have been taken care of by me?

Tom Brooks: [00:22:03] So, it really does come down to that trust. Some of it is just years and years. In my case, it’s years. I mean we, I think, have trusted each other a lot longer probably than just the 10-15 years, and we departed the firm that we worked with together, but it’s also developed over time. And so, I think it’s time. So, there’s a time element to it because you got to get to know the person.

Tom Brooks: [00:22:25] I think you have to also understand – and I think maybe this is an element of trust is – are they motivated to do the right thing? Again, I think that’s something that you’ve got to gage. There’s a high level—in doing this, there’s nothing that we can grab at and grasp. There’s nothing tangible. All this is intangible, and there’s risk associated with that when you do that, when you’re putting yourself out there, and potentially handing another name off. So, I think it’s that, again, at the end of the day, these are all elements of trust. But really, that is the key element, at the end of the day, the kind of that you got to come back to.

Michael Blake: [00:23:05] And in the second point I want to ask about trust is, trust between the two direct participants, such as between you and me is great, but it’s not enough, right? We also have to have organizational trust. And unless you have another announcement to make, you’re not the managing partner of your firm.

Tom Brooks: [00:23:26] No.

Michael Blake: [00:23:26] And I’m not the managing partner of my firm. And there is no danger of that announcement ever being made. I can promise you that.

Tom Brooks: [00:23:32] This side as well.

Michael Blake: [00:23:32] So, in our case, in the case of many people, we also had to help build organizational trust, right?

Tom Brooks: [00:23:43] Absolutely. That was—when you and I first landed between Brady Ware and Windham Brannon, it was one of the first things that we did because our moves kind of coincided with each other.

Michael Blake: [00:23:51] We’re a month apart.

Tom Brooks: [00:23:52] Yeah. It was we got together for breakfast with our managing partners and some of our other key senior partners. And you just did begin to develop that rapport, and that openness, and, again, those lines of communication. Maybe this is the word I was looking for in the prior answer but transparency. And, again, it doesn’t mean that we’re coming with a client roster list and go, “And here’s ours. Where’s yours? Here’s yours.” And we’re just exchanging names like that.

Michael Blake: [00:24:17] Like lineup cards.

Tom Brooks: [00:24:18] Right. Client confidentiality still trumps all these and precedes all of these. So, that’s the utmost important thing that we have is to maintain. And again, in that confidence, that’s where your trust comes in. But it does take, in our case, where you’re with a larger firm organizationally, you’ve got to have that confidence because many times for you and I, it’s not just something that comes across my desk that comes through, say, a referral to me from one of my outside sources outside the firm. It’s something inside the firm. So, my partners have to trust that again and have that confidence that Mike Blake and Brady Ware are going to take care of them. And so, you’re right, organizational trust on top of the individual relational trust that exists is really critical as well.

Michael Blake: [00:25:05] And take care of them and not try to exploit the opportunity too, right?

Tom Brooks: [00:25:11] Yeah, right. That becomes an underlying element. And I think that goes back to when we talked about some of the distrust that occurs within many firms and across probably every professional service line there is that you would have in terms of thinking about sending a potential client out to a competitor is right. Are they going to poach them completely? Are they going to be looking to market other service lines in there? And you’ve got to have those conversations, and they’re just really open and direct. Those who are not, I would share when we had ours, those were not difficult conversations. It was just, “Well, here’s how we conduct ourselves.” And I guess it’s kind of like dating. I mean, it’s kind of like we were just figuring each other out, so to speak. And in our case, it’s worked really well that, again, between us and the relationship we already had and our partners, it’s just gone. We’re able to do that.

Michael Blake: [00:26:10] So, sometimes there can be speed bumps in a partnership, right? And these are—by definition, they’re sensitive relationships. No matter how long the trust is, there’s always going to be a speed bump. And to my mind, I’m always kind of worried that, “Oh, boy.”

Tom Brooks: [00:26:28] What did Tom do now?

Michael Blake: [00:26:29] Well, anybody, right?

Tom Brooks: [00:26:31] Right. No.

Michael Blake: [00:26:31] And I’ll tell you that I kind of tell our people, “This is a Windham Brannon referral. This has got to be red as red carpets on this one, because I don’t want to go back and tell—I don’t want to face him if it’s not great.” But there can be speed bumps. And how do you—what do you think is the best way to kind of handle those speed bumps, so that they don’t jeopardize the broader relationship?

Tom Brooks: [00:27:01] I think it goes back to what we kind of just articulated and spoke about in our last answer was that it’s got to be open lines of communication and transparency. You’re right. I mean, even if I had never handed that client off and, I could have done the work for whatever reason, clients are complex in terms of the issues that we face, and the demands that we face, the time, whether it’d be—the demands are just numerous. And it’s what we signed up for. We love serving our clients, but that hiccup could have occurred with anybody.

Tom Brooks: [00:27:39] So, I think it’s just important to know that, again, take the ego out of it. None of us are perfect. None of us has—again, these are intangible issues that we’re dealing with typically with clients. The technical issues, yes, but relational, this is all soft skills. These aren’t hard, tangible skills. So, I think, it’s, again, having that open line of communication and transparency.

Tom Brooks: [00:28:04] And if there was a hiccup, I think, first, come up with an action plan to solve the problem if you’re the firm that received kind of the referral. And then, obviously, if there was something that was significant enough, you need to reach back out across the aisle to the firm that referred the work to you, and say, “Hey, here’s what happened. Here’s what we did.” And if there is anything, potentially, they can help you with to get over that hump, then that’s it. I mean, the client has to come first, and their interests have to come first, and serving them, and making sure you get to the finish line. So, I think it’s just what has to happen to do that.

Michael Blake: [00:28:42] Now, one area that is most common that leads to competitor cooperation in our industry is a conflict, right?

Tom Brooks: [00:28:51] Right.

Michael Blake: [00:28:51] We can just get conflict. I tried to send you a piece of work, you got conflicted out of it. I know that was very painful, but you have to do the right thing for an existing client, right? But talk to our audience, what does a conflict look like? Is a conflict always black and white or the sort of shades of gray we have to make a judgment call? What is that conflict thought process look like?

Tom Brooks: [00:29:17] Yeah, I think there can be shades of gray. I mean, some are very obvious.  Let’s just—to use an example, litigation that if we were working for the plaintiff in some capacity, obviously, we’re probably hired by their legal counsel, and we’ve got an underlying client. But if we had been on—and then you look at the defendant, and go, “Oh, they’re an audit client of Windham Brannon. We’re not going to take that on. I mean, that’s just a conflict for us. It’s not something that where we would want to go. And I think there’s a direct conflict anyways.”

Tom Brooks: [00:29:50] Some of them can be a little more gray. I mean, this is more of an independence issue that we face as well. It’s not gray, but I’ll highlight it. So, for our auditors, our audit clients that have financial reporting issues that have valuation embedded in them, Windham Brannon can’t do that valuation work. So, we call it independence, but it’s really a conflict. We can’t produce a valuation, then, that one of my audit or that our audit teams goes and audits and signs off on it because we’re all under the same house of Windham Brannon. So, those are obvious.

Tom Brooks: [00:30:22] I think, sometimes, it can be—maybe it’s going back to the litigation scenario to paint just kind of a grey issue is you may not have a direct or a perceived direct conflict, but it may be that, in this case, again, let’s just say we were potentially representing the plaintiff. The defendant, somehow, isn’t a client of Windham Brannon, but they’re close to Windham Brannon. They have maybe referred some work to Windham Brannon. That’s just not a position. Potentially, again, it’s not that we couldn’t take the assignment, but you also may not take it because you’d say, “Well, that’s just not a position we want to put ourselves in with that defendant that the spigot may turn off or it may create, as you described before, one of those speed bumps. We really don’t want to have to navigate that speed bump.”

Michael Blake: [00:31:13] There are no speed bumps by accident. You don’t want to go making them on your own, right?

Tom Brooks: [00:31:16] Right, exactly. Well said, yeah.

Michael Blake: [00:31:17] So, another conflict I run to on occasion, which is not strictly one, but I get very uncomfortable with and, usually, we’ll try to try to sidestep it is maybe it’s not a litigation but a partner buyout, right? So, the client will come to us and say, “I want to buy out my partner,” or their service partner will come to me and say, “We have a client that want to buy the partner. Can we do an appraisal?” I said, “Well, we could do an appraisal.” And strictly speaking, there’s no conflict there, right? But let me ask you this question, if we come up with an answer that the client doesn’t like, right, is it going to make them mad at you?” They said yes. So, I don’t think we want to do this then, right?

Tom Brooks: [00:32:00] Right.

Michael Blake: [00:32:01] That’s not a conflict with a capital C.

Tom Brooks: [00:32:03] Right.

Michael Blake: [00:32:03] But it’s a conflict with a small C with a lot of underlines underneath it.

Tom Brooks: [00:32:07] Yeah. It’s kind of managing your firm risk at the end of the day. It comes back to, just like I said, just assessing, is that a place or a client relationship that we want to be in and take on? Sometimes, I laugh at it. You turn something away, or what you perceive is to do the right thing in some capacity, or you lose an engagement for whatever reason. Well, probably within, it may not be 24 hours, but within a week, there’s a better opportunity that turns around that you like better than the last one that had some hair on it, so.

Michael Blake: [00:32:43] Yeah, that’s called maturity. I like to think that in exchange for my gray hair and two arthritic ankles, I get some benefit out of that. In fact, to that point, I can think of a few assignments that I wish I had not taken. I can’t think of a single one that I turned down, and I wished I’d hung on to.

Tom Brooks: [00:33:04] Right.

Michael Blake: [00:33:04] Not a single one. Oh man, it never happened.

Tom Brooks: [00:33:06] Right.

Michael Blake: [00:33:08] So, talk about the sort of cooperation. In your mind, do you think you need to have sort of a written agreement? Does everything have to be kind of a papered over joint venture, or can these relationships be sustained on an informal basis?

Tom Brooks: [00:33:26] I think they can. I think it’s situational-dependent. So, we’ll go with it depends, which is always a good answer, right?

Michael Blake: [00:33:36] Jim would not like that one, right?

Tom Brooks: [00:33:38] That’s right, exactly. So, I think there’s—I can think back to 20 years ago at a prior firm where I had gone to work with. And I was a manager at that time, but was brought on to help kind of manage the valuation practice day to day that it wasn’t all the way up to a day-to-day practice. And before I got there, there were two tax partners. They had a retainer agreement with one of the more nationally known valuation experts. Then, it was the same thing like we talked about earlier, “Hey, I got this question,” or “Can you review this for us?” And that was padded with an agreement and a retainer that the experts, so to speak, just stayed out in front of.

Tom Brooks: [00:34:24] And I’ve had it as well where it’s not necessarily padded. You just, “Hey, I need another set of eyes to see this,” almost like a QC capacity, helping me review a project, and there’s no agreement in place, but a bill comes, and we pay it, and that is what it is. And then, there’s a larger—then, you may have a larger project maybe where it’s more of a subcontracting nature. Maybe you’re in a spot that you can’t produce all the volume of work, but at the same time, you certainly can manage it if you’re able to subcontract that. And that probably gets memorialized with an agreement with rates, and everything else, and protective language, “Yes, we’re not going to solicit your client,” those types of things.

Tom Brooks: [00:35:17] So, it may be a little bit of a long answer, but it depends. On each three of those scenarios or two of the three, you had an agreement. The other one, you don’t, I think some of it, then, comes back to that trust level as well. Again, we’ll keep harping on that as to the nature of that relationship that you have, whether you need to have it written or not. And then, it’s really up to both firms or individuals to figure out, how do we cement that?

Michael Blake: [00:35:47] So, one area that some of our listeners are probably thinking about is – boy, I’m not sure I like this one – when competitors start to cooperate, that sounds like they’re forming some kind of cartel, right. This is how it got started or whatnot. But in most cases, that really isn’t what happens. When we do this, we’re not price fixing or anything like that, are we?

Tom Brooks: [00:36:11] No, not at all. It’s, “Hey, here’s an opportunity.” Again, there’s no expected, “I’m going to get this back in return,” or no price fixing. It’s what’s best for our client. So, there’s just no, I’d say, illicit concepts in the background, lurking in the background that’s in either of our minds and what we’ve done. And I would never associate myself with somebody that would have that. To me, the world is too big, and there’s too many valuation assignments out there that even though, sometimes, you’re going, “Oh, man. I wish I had another one,” or whatever, but there’s plenty of opportunities for all of us to be efficient in the same pond. The pond is actually really big. And I actually think it’s really deep.

Tom Brooks: [00:36:57] So, many times, for the people even that I know and meet with as competitors, I can say that I’m very friendly with. It’s frequent that I don’t come up against them even in—whether it’s through RFP or there’s an opportunity, and somebody is reaching out to two or three valuation firms. Now, I don’t come across them. So, it’s just the concept, I think, of – again, I’ll repeat it – doing the right thing for your client, and who is that most trusted source, then, that you need to send him to for the situation you have?

Tom Brooks: [00:37:31] And I wouldn’t expect you to send me every assignment. You may say, “This isn’t right for Tom and Windham Brannon. It’s not something that—it doesn’t fit Tom’s bailiwick on what he does.” And I know that you’ve got other folks that you work with or that you spend time with in terms of opportunity. So, that’s not offensive to me.

Michael Blake: [00:37:50] Right. We’re seeing other people.

Tom Brooks: [00:37:51] Right. Yes.

Michael Blake: [00:37:52] And we know that. We don’t have each other’s varsity jacket, or a letter ring, or anything like that, right?

Tom Brooks: [00:37:57] You don’t have my class ring?

Michael Blake: [00:37:57] So, I want to draw this out. We’ve talked a lot about the valuation world, but I want to draw this out a little bit sort of higher level. So, one thing I’ve observed, and I’m curious about your experience, is that one way where competitors may cooperate is on an exit, right? If you’re a company that you’re getting to that point where you’re looking for a sale or for a strategic expansion either way, right, one of the most logical targets is going to be a competitor because they understand your business. They probably understand you.

Tom Brooks: [00:38:33] Right.

Michael Blake: [00:38:33] You may have some relationship with them. And down the road, that may be a very important value-building relationship. Have you seen something similar?

Tom Brooks: [00:38:45] I can’t say that I’ve necessarily seen it, but what I hear from the business owners I talk to, and I think you talked about it as well, and I’m not going to say that it’s generational, but I am amazed that when you do talk to clients and, again, business owners, entrepreneurs, how much they do know and how much time they do spend frequently with their competitors. And I don’t think it’s always just at a conference, like an industry conference. And maybe that is where a lot of these conversations occur, but I do get the impression that, again, it’s not sharing everything about whether it’d be their cost structure, if they’re a manufacturing client. “Well, we’ve got this technology now in place and this is setting us apart.” You’re not going to share that, but very much, many, I find, of my clients do know a lot about their competitors, or if they are looking at an exit, why certain competitors, they would prefer them to be a potential buyer versus others.

Michael Blake: [00:39:46] So, I want to be respectful of your time here. We’re going to wrap things up, but I do have a couple of other questions. If we can kind of sum up here ingredients that go into a good cooperative competitive relationship. We’ve talked about trust. That’s clearly one. Are there one or two other ingredients you can think of that help make relationships like that be mutually lucrative and sustainable?

Tom Brooks: [00:40:10] I think, I’ve used—the other word that I used is transparency and communication. It will probably be the other two words that I think if you summed it up. Again, transparency, to repeat, it isn’t just, “I’m going to tell you everything about my practice.” It’s, “Here’s a little bit about my practice. Here’s about our clients.” And obviously, when it comes to a specific referral, yes, you’re going to probably have a name at that point. But even when you’re meeting with people, whether it’d be over launch, or coffee, or a meeting at somebody’s office as a competitor, again, you’ve got to—if you want to, I’ll say, kind of be on the receiving end, probably, then you need to be, again, talking openly about your own business. So, that’s transparency.

Tom Brooks: [00:40:52] And then, that open line of communication is just be willing to—the other word, I guess, we’d say for it as vulnerable, as you talked about. And so, that’s just kind of just as a—I think you’ve got to get comfortable with that. And if you’re not, then you may struggle getting to that point. And the folks that you’re trying to be more friendly with may pick up on that.

Tom Brooks: [00:41:17] But the other thing that I’ve said frequently is that I’m willing to be the first one to extend the olive branch in a case because you don’t know how it’s going to go. Many times, probably—I don’t know if anybody else’s lunches are like mine, but sometimes it just becomes more of a social lunch. You have a great lunch, but you kind of go, “Well, that was great. And I really got to know somebody. And I think we could work together,” but does the phone ever ring for the work?

Michael Blake: [00:41:45] Right.

Tom Brooks: [00:41:45] So, I think that happens to all of us. But, now, now it becomes, how do you become more purposeful? And then, translating that to a relationship. So, it’s kind of that same thing. Be willing to be vulnerable and extend that olive branch to be the first one because, sometimes, it’s, “Well, are they in the boat with me or out? I have one foot in. Are we all in the boat?” So, that comfort level of knowing that I could extend it one time, and I may not ever get anything that comes back to me or an opportunity that I see come my way.

Michael Blake: [00:42:21] And alongside that notion of vulnerability, I think it’s also differentiation and defining yourself, right? I think if you’re in a business where you truly feel or think that it’s important that you handle every opportunity that comes through, no matter what, it’s much harder to find grounds for cooperating with a competitor.

Tom Brooks: [00:42:48] Right.

Michael Blake: [00:42:48] Right? And maybe that’s right, maybe that’s wrong for your practice. For mine, it’s not right. But on the other hand, if you tend towards more specialization, as I certainly believe. I’m a big fan of Rod Burkhardt. In this regard, he is a strong advocate of specialization and differentiating yourself that way. Then, the opportunities for cooperation, I think, become much more obvious-

Tom Brooks: [00:43:13] Right.

Michael Blake: [00:43:14] … and they become much more natural.

Tom Brooks: [00:43:16] Agree.

Michael Blake: [00:43:16] Right? This is in the wrong box. I know Tom’s got this box. So, we’re just going to do this. It really just sort of becomes a system.

Tom Brooks: [00:43:23] Right.

Michael Blake: [00:43:24] I don’t have to think about it.

Tom Brooks: [00:43:25] Right. No, absolutely. You got to know your own strengths and weaknesses. And again, maybe we’ll call that maturity. It does take some time to figure that out and as you’re building a practice. What do you want to be when you grow up? And we’re always refining that. But it just is that time teaches you a lot, and I still have a lot to learn.

Michael Blake: [00:43:50] And I will say this, a way that I benefit from cooperating with competitors is one of my marketing points that I use with prospects is that we get about 25% of our referrals from our competitors, right?

Tom Brooks: [00:44:08] That’s a good point. I mean, we’ve touched on it. I think it suggests that you know what you’re doing, and that you are qualified because in our world, Mike, as you know, and, again, maybe some of your listeners know in your podcast is that, you don’t have to have any credentials to sign a valuation report.

Michael Blake: [00:44:25] No.

Tom Brooks: [00:44:26] There’s nothing that you have to do. I mean, you could just hang a shingle and you could be mister, “Hey, I can appraise your business.” And it’s not all about the credentials behind your name. That’s part of it. So, that’s the first thing you potentially want to look at or consider when you’re thinking about looking at a friendly competitor, but then it becomes that reputation, and do they have the ability to do it? And so, yeah, if you can sit there and tell your prospect, “Yeah, 25%-30% of my work comes from my competitors,” that shines a pretty bright light on you. I think, it sets the bar pretty high for you as that specialist in that space.

Michael Blake: [00:44:59] I found that, I mean, especially since I don’t do litigation, they don’t even care about the letters after my name, right? I mean, they don’t know what they are.

Tom Brooks: [00:45:07] Right.

Michael Blake: [00:45:07] Sometimes, they ask and get bored about halfway through. But that part, because when your competitors are validating you, because ostensibly you know how to evaluate me much better than the prospect, well, that carries a lot of weight.

Tom Brooks: [00:45:21] Well, that’s right. And I’ve kind of figured out some math. And I don’t know if this is right, but I’ve probably reviewed several hundred appraisals of other firms, and I get to see their work. So, again, you begin to get to see-

Michael Blake: [00:45:35] That’s a lot.

Tom Brooks: [00:45:35] You get to see what your competitors and what their work product looks like. And so, you can begin to, in your mind, go, “Okay. Just even from a technical perspective, I can trust them,” or “I can’t trust them,” or they’re doing some things technically that you go, “I couldn’t agree with or sign off on. I don’t want our client to have to potentially get to a wrong answer because their provider is not doing the right thing technically for them.”

Michael Blake: [00:46:05] Right. So, we’re coming up to the end of our time here, but can people contact you if they have a question about a coopetition or cooperating with a competitor?

Tom Brooks: [00:46:15] Sure. Always be glad to chat with folks or email correspondence. Email is tbrooks@windhambrannon.com. And direct dial 678-510-2748 at the office.

Michael Blake: [00:46:40] All right. And there you have it. That’s going to wrap it up for today’s program on Cooperating with Competitors. I’d like to thank my pal, Tom Brooks, very much for joining us and sharing his expertise with us today. We’ll be exploring a new topic each week. So, please tune in, so that when you’re faced with your next business decision, you have clear vision when making it. If you enjoy this podcast, please consider leaving a review with your favorite podcast aggregator. It helps people find us, so that we can help them. Once again, this is Mike Blake. Our sponsor is Brady Ware & Company. And this has been the Decision Vision Podcast.

Tagged With: CPa, CPA firm, Dayton accounting, Dayton business advisory, Dayton CPA, Dayton CPA firm, Decision Vision, litigation, Michael Blake, Mike Blake, referral, referrals, referrals to competitors, Tom Brooks, Transparency, trust, valuations, Windham Brannon

Decision Vision Episode 28: Should I Raise Angel Capital? – An Interview with Charlie Paparelli, Paparelli Ventures

August 15, 2019 by John Ray

Decision Vision
Decision Vision
Decision Vision Episode 28: Should I Raise Angel Capital? – An Interview with Charlie Paparelli, Paparelli Ventures
Loading
00:00 /
RSS Feed
Share
Link
Embed

Download file

Mike Blake and Charlie Paparelli

Should I Raise Angel Capital?

What are the steps involved in raising angel capital? What traits are angel investors looking for in the founder of a startup? Noted angel investor and startup mentor Charlie Paparelli answers these questions and more in a wide-ranging interview with host Mike Blake. “Decision Vision” is presented by Brady Ware & Company.

Charlie Paparelli, Paparelli Ventures

Charlie Paparelli, Paparelli Ventures

Charlie Paparelli is a twenty-five year professional angel investor focused on helping entrepreneurs achieving their dream of starting and growing their own company. Five years ago, he began sharing his experiences in a twice-weekly blog to entrepreneurs and angel investors at paparelli.com. In addition to his writing, he is a speaker and a coach helping founders and their new teams build enormously valuable companies.

He invested in over 35 entrepreneurs over the last 25 years. He is the Angel in Residence at Georgia Tech’s Atlanta Technology Development Center. He is also a mentor at the Atlanta Tech Village. He is Chairman of the Atlanta High Tech Prayer Breakfast. The Breakfast is in its 28th year. It is the largest networking event in Atlanta technology, and it is an evangelical outreach. He has held many community leadership roles during his 40 year career in Atlanta technology.

Charlie is married to Kathy for 42 years. They have four children and three grandchildren with another on the way. They are members of Church of the Apostles in Atlanta. Charlie is an avid motorcyclist whose current ride is a 2019 BMW R1250RT.

Michael Blake, Brady Ware & Company

Mike Blake, Host of “Decision Vision”

Michael Blake is Host of the “Decision Vision” podcast series and a Director of Brady Ware & Company. Mike specializes in the valuation of intellectual property-driven firms, such as software firms, aerospace firms and professional services firms, most frequently in the capacity as a transaction advisor, helping clients obtain great outcomes from complex transaction opportunities. He is also a specialist in the appraisal of intellectual properties as stand-alone assets, such as software, trade secrets, and patents.

Mike has been a full-time business appraiser for 13 years with public accounting firms, boutique business appraisal firms, and an owner of his own firm. Prior to that, he spent 8 years in venture capital and investment banking, including transactions in the U.S., Israel, Russia, Ukraine, and Belarus.

Brady Ware & Company

Brady Ware & Company is a regional full-service accounting and advisory firm which helps businesses and entrepreneurs make visions a reality. Brady Ware services clients nationally from its offices in Alpharetta, GA; Columbus and Dayton, OH; and Richmond, IN. The firm is growth minded, committed to the regions in which they operate, and most importantly, they make significant investments in their people and service offerings to meet the changing financial needs of those they are privileged to serve. The firm is dedicated to providing results that make a difference for its clients.

Decision Vision Podcast Series

“Decision Vision” is a podcast covering topics and issues facing small business owners and connecting them with solutions from leading experts. This series is presented by Brady Ware & Company. If you are a decision maker for a small business, we’d love to hear from you. Contact us at decisionvision@bradyware.com and make sure to listen to every Thursday to the “Decision Vision” podcast. Past episodes of “Decision Vision” can be found here. “Decision Vision” is produced and broadcast by the North Fulton studio of Business RadioX®.

Visit Brady Ware & Company on social media:

LinkedIn:  https://www.linkedin.com/company/brady-ware/

Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/bradywareCPAs/

Twitter: https://twitter.com/BradyWare

Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/bradywarecompany/

Show Transcript

Intro: [00:00:01] Welcome to Decision Vision, a podcast series focusing on critical business decisions, brought to you by Brady Ware & Company. Brady Ware is a regional, full-service, accounting and advisory board that helps businesses and entrepreneurs make vision a reality.

Michael Blake: [00:00:20] And welcome to Decision Vision, a podcast giving you, the listener, clear vision to make great decisions. In each episode, we discuss the process of decision making on a different topic. Rather than making recommendations because everyone’s circumstances are different, we talk to subject matter experts about how they would recommend thinking about that decision.

Michael Blake: [00:00:37] My name is Mike Blake, and I’m your host for today’s program. I’m a Director at Brady Ware &Company, a full service accounting firm based in Dayton, Ohio, with offices in Dayton; Columbus, Ohio; Richmond, Indiana; and Alpharetta, Georgia, which is where we are recording today. Brady Ware is sponsoring this podcast. If you like this podcast, please subscribe on your favorite podcast aggregator, and please also consider leaving a review of this podcast as well.

Michael Blake: [00:01:01] Our topic today is seeking angel capital. And for those of you who don’t know me, most of you don’t because you’re out somewhere on the internet, I’ve been a cheerleader and advocate in the angel capital world for really as long as I can remember. My first job out of school actually was helping entrepreneurs in the former Soviet Union and in Russia. And at that time, there wasn’t even a term for angel capital. It’s kind of fascinating because the whole business vocabulary was evolving at that time.

Michael Blake: [00:01:34] And  when I moved to Atlanta about 15 years or so ago, I got a taste of the early stage capital scene here. And the one theme that was recurring was you can’t get a deal done here, there’s no angel capital, et cetera, et cetera, et cetera. If you live in Atlanta, it’s tedious. If you don’t, this is news to you. And the thing I, sort of, thought was, well, I saw people making investments in Minsk. And I can’t imagine that investing in Atlanta is harder than investing in Minsk. Maybe I’m wrong, but I can’t imagine it’s that big a difference. There’s got to be something kind of going on here. And as it kind of got more into the community, I was very fortunate, the community embraced me very quickly. I started to learn about the gears and cogs about this.

Michael Blake: [00:02:21] And as I start to learn more about angel capital and early stage investing, in general, and with the travels I’ve had abroad, I came to a conclusion that for all the things that we, as Americans, think make us unique, I’m not sure anything makes us more unique than the angel and venture capital sectors. I’m not sure anything makes us more unique than the way that we support startups. And if you look at at the word “entrepreneurship” in other languages, if you directly translate them, they almost have a sense of doing something semi-devious. If you’re enterprising, that’s not necessarily a good thing. But in the United States, we have a unique cultural facet where the entrepreneur is folk hero. And I can’t think of any other place in the world where we elevate the entrepreneur to that status.

Michael Blake: [00:03:13] And one of the things that makes the entrepreneurial sector go is angel capital. You can’t bootstrap a new car company. You can’t bootstrap a new airplane company, right. And many of the largest companies, the most important inventions in the world that we think of today, at some point, were funded by angel capital. Columbus’s expedition to the new world was funded by Angel Capital called The Royal Family of Spain. Thomas Edison-

Charlie Paparelli: [00:03:53] Queen Isabella.

Michael Blake: [00:03:53] King Ferdinand, who’s with Queen Isabella, right?

Charlie Paparelli: [00:03:56] Yeah.

Michael Blake: [00:03:56] I was going to say King Ferdinand. I knew that was not right, so I choke. It’s Queen Isabella. Thank you. Thomas Edison was funded for the light bulb and for General Electric by a guy named JP Morgan. And so, angel capital pervades almost everything that we think about in terms of the American economic story. And I think if you don’t understand angel capital, you don’t understand a big part about how American business works.

Michael Blake: [00:04:24] And so, here to talk about that is somebody that I’ve known, and, for a long time, I’ve come to respect. He doesn’t even know this, but he’s a spiritual mentor to me. If you don’t ― if you haven’t listened to his or read his emails, get on his email list. There’s how many? I think three times a week. They’re just phenomenal. Not good – great. Required reading. And his name is Charlie Paparelli.

Michael Blake: [00:04:47] Charlie is a 25-year professional angel investor focused on helping entrepreneurs in achieving their dream of starting and growing their own company. Five years ago, he began sharing his experience at a twice-weekly blog – so, it’s twice weekly, just assuming – to entrepreneurs and angel investors at paparelli.com. In addition to his writing, he is a speaker and a coach helping founders and their new teams build enormously valuable companies. He invested in over 35 entrepreneurs over the last 25 years. And we’re going to come back to that.

Michael Blake: [00:05:16] He is the Angel-in-Residence at Georgia Tech’s Atlanta Technology Development Center. He is also a mentor at the Atlanta Tech Village. He is chairman of the Atlanta High Tech Prayer Breakfast, which is the largest pre-6:00 a.m. start event on the Atlanta calendar. Now, that may be a small list, but it is a big deal. That breakfast is in its 28th year. It is the largest networking event in Atlanta technology, and it is an evangelical outreach. And as an aside, whenever I remember, I’ve been to about three or four of those, and one of them was an executive from Apple. Charlie will remind his name. But he’s an executive from Apple who had to come on and talk, I think, a day or two after Steve Jobs passed away, as I recall. And that was some powerful stuff. That was as raw as it gets.

Michael Blake: [00:06:11] Charlie has helped many community leadership roles during his 40-year career in Atlanta technology including Angel Lounge, which is an offshoot of Startup Lounge that serves to educate current and aspiring angel investors in the Atlanta community. Charlie is married to Kathy for 42 years. They have four children and three grandchildren, with another on the way. They are members of Church of the Apostles in Atlanta. And Charlie is an avid motorcyclist whose current ride is a 2019 BMW R125. Nope, that’s wrong. R1250 RT. Got it. That’s a lot of letters and numbers.

Charlie Paparelli: [00:06:46] That’s what it is, yeah.

Michael Blake: [00:06:48] Charlie, thank you so much for coming on the program. I’ve been looking forward to this since we started talking about it several weeks ago.

Charlie Paparelli: [00:06:53] Same here, Mike. I always love the work that you were doing. We started Angel Lounge as an offshoot, as you said, a startup lounge. I wanted to be a part of what you were doing. You’re saying we’re missing this piece. And that’s where we came up with the idea of Angel Lounge.

Michael Blake: [00:07:06] And I think due to that, I think there’s more capital available in Atlanta than there has been because I think you’re making people feel safer and more confident about making those commitments.

Charlie Paparelli: [00:07:17] Yeah. Angel Lounge, we focused Angel Lounge instead of trying to march more companies in front of people, it took us a while to get to the right formula. But the formula that we’re using is, really, our mission is to just help angel investors or those who are interested in becoming angel investors to help make them better investors by sharing each other’s stories and experience with them.

Michael Blake: [00:07:39] So, I’d like to start this podcast with the basic vocabulary question, because I think not everybody knows what angel investing is. They may think it’s venture capital, but angel investing and venture capital are related, but they’re not quite the same, are they?

Charlie Paparelli: [00:07:53] No, they’re very different. If you think about when we ― venture capital, basically, is mutual funds for high-risk investments, all right. So, if you know how mutual funds work, I mean, you have a mutual fund manager, and he has partners, and they raise money to, then, invest that money for other people in mostly public stocks. Public stocks, things that you can get in and out of pretty quickly. So, they might put in 1% to 5% of their own money into that big mutual fund. So, venture capitalists, the difference between them is they’re investing in companies that are privately held companies. And as privately held companies, you can’t get in and out of them quickly. Once you’re in, you’re in forever, okay.

Michael Blake: [00:08:47] Right. That door makes a loud slamming noise.

Charlie Paparelli: [00:08:48] It does, yeah. It’s all ― so, we’re all excited to get in. And then, next thing we’re doing is looking for exits, and we’re driving along the highway, and there are none. You’re just on there, and you hope you don’t run out of gas till you get to that last exit. So, venture capitalists, hopefully, people put money in venture capitalists, and big pension funds put money there simply because it’s a high-risk, high-reward alternative. So, you’ll find some of these big pension funds who will put in maybe up to 3% to 5% of their total fund into high-risk alternatives, of which venture is one of those.

Charlie Paparelli: [00:09:23] Angel investing, on the other hand, that’s like your own money. So, it’s like running your ― it’s like taking whatever money that you thought you wanted to put into higher risk ventures, whether it be $100,000, or $250,000, or some cases, it could be multiple millions of dollars, and you say, “No, I want to be an angel investor. I want to be on the ground. I want to invest in these early-stage startups. I want to work with these entrepreneurs. And I’m willing to risk my personal fortune on this one segment.” So, you have a lot less people, a lot less company — fewer companies that you’ll be spreading that risk across. And so, that makes the risk even higher as an angel investor versus venture capital.

Michael Blake: [00:10:08] Now, I want to clarify one thing just because you happen to be the guest, it only happens to be called an angel investor because that’s a term of art. It has nothing to do with a religious affiliation. Even though you happen to be very open about your faith, there are plenty of people who aren’t that way that are angel investors, right? There’s not a a Christian element to it, necessarily.

Charlie Paparelli: [00:10:28] There’s no Christian element to it. In fact, the term angel investor goes back to people in New York on Broadway who actually wanted to get their shows funded, their new ideas for Broadway shows. And people would come in, and they would ― very wealthy people would liked the idea, and they would fund the show. And those people were called by the producers of those shows angel investors. And that’s where the term ― that’s the genesis of the term angel investor.

Michael Blake: [00:11:00] I had no idea. I did not know that. And the producers, the people who funded Springtime for Hitler were actually angel investors.

Charlie Paparelli: [00:11:07] Oh, you would bring up that example, but, yes, that’s true. Yeah.

Michael Blake: [00:11:10] Well, my wife is Jewish. She’s a big Mel Brooks fan. And I will say, as an aside, by the way, the funniest six minutes in cinema is Springtime for Hitler. Only Mel Brooks can make the Nazis funny. So, we often hear about friends and family as investors. Do they qualify as angels too, or are they sort of a different animal?

Charlie Paparelli: [00:11:29] No, I would call — friends and family, there’s a term called the 3Fs, okay? Family, friends, and fools, okay, are those very, very early stage investors. And when you’re — when an entrepreneur is raising money, the first thing that he’s raising money around or on, as a foundation, is his credibility. Well, the first people that find the person, the entrepreneur, to be credible, especially if it’s his first time being an entrepreneur, is his family. If his family doesn’t think that he or she could do it, then why should anybody else think they should — they’d be able to do it?

Charlie Paparelli: [00:12:11] So, I think that the first round is always friends and family, because they’re other people that say, “Oh, my God. If Mike Blake is starting this company, and Mike is so smart, and I think he’s going to be able to build something great. I have no idea what his idea is. I don’t know what the market is. I don’t know anything. But I know Mike, and I’ll put money behind Mike.” So, I think they are angels. They’re the — they’ve been called fools, but I think what they’re doing — I know what they’re doing. They’re betting on the individual because they have a very deep and long personal relationship with them.

Michael Blake: [00:12:44] So, you bring something up that I want to make sure that we cover because there’s a timeline of maturity here, right? And that friends and family round, if you will, that investment is really banking on the credibility, which means there isn’t a business yet, right. There’s there’s a hope, an idea, right? A story, I guess-

Charlie Paparelli: [00:13:05] Yeah. Just somebody-

Michael Blake: [00:13:05] … in most cases?

Charlie Paparelli: [00:13:06] Most of the time, somebody will come to you and say, “Yeah, this is something that I’ve been doing. I’ve been working for such and such a company for a while.” These are the kind of people that I’ve gotten — I’m attracted to. “I’ve been working in this industry for a while, working for this company for a while. I’m 35 years old. I’ve been through… ” — either “I developed an expertise as a programmer” or “I developed an expertise as a salesperson,” or whatever. “But I know this industry, and I have this idea, and I brought it to my bosses, and no one’s interested in it. And I just can’t let loose of it. And I really want to start a company around it, but I have no idea how to do that. But I think a lot of people will buy whatever I’m going to build or sell.” And that’s kind of how it gets started.

Charlie Paparelli: [00:13:56] And then, the first place they have to go is they have to go to somebody. So, that’s all they have. They have this story. There’s interest and that they — it’s this passion. It’s, sort of, like a God-given idea they can’t let loose of, but they need to be able to feed — they’re 35. They need to be able to feed their family, and they need to start putting money away for college, and all this for the kids, and everything that we all do. They have houses, cars. They’ve got it all. How do they survive? Well, that’s where the angel comes in and says, “We can help you meet your personal expenses at the beginning while you develop — while you unhook from the corporation and your salary,” which is step one. And then, you start building out this idea.

Michael Blake: [00:14:38] You brought something up. I’m going to deviate from a script here because I think that’s — I think it’s important. That 35-year-old, the most — the iconic entrepreneur is somebody who’s in their 20s. To us, they’re basically kids, right. But they actually don’t start most companies, do they?

Charlie Paparelli: [00:14:57] No. You say iconic. What do you mean the iconic?

Michael Blake: [00:14:59] An iconic. Iconic, like the Mark Zuckerbergs, the Bill Gates of the world, Steve Jobs.

Charlie Paparelli: [00:15:05] Oh, I see what you’re saying, yeah.

Michael Blake: [00:15:05] In some case, they actually drop out of school, so they can start whatever it is they’re going to start. But actually, most entrepreneurs look like that 35-year-old, don’t they?

Charlie Paparelli: [00:15:14] Yeah, I think the statistics proved out that it’s somewhere between 35 and 38. And my statistics actually prove out this companies that were successful for me that I invested in, that’s exactly how old people were. So, they have enough. Really, like when I got out of college, I grew up, my father was a middle — he was a train man on the Jersey Central Railroad for 38 years. When I sat around the dinner table, we didn’t talk about business. In fact, I remember I was the first one in my family, first male in my family to actually get a degree from college. And I was getting an accounting degree, and they told us we need to read The Wall Street Journal. I’m reading The Wall Street Journal, and I didn’t even know what I was reading. It didn’t make any sense to me because I had no context or understanding of basic business.

Charlie Paparelli: [00:16:01] So, it’s really, when you come out of school, what do you know about business? What do you know about building a company? What do you know about the disciplines of building a product, the disciplines of launching a product? How to gain — how to hire people? How to do business reviews or reviews for people? Okay. How to properly give a presentation? You don’t know any of this stuff. You have to learn it. And so, that’s why I think those 15 to 18 years out of college, that’s the foundation where you have to prove out your functional expertise, as well as your management expertise.

Michael Blake: [00:16:38] I think the only thing I knew about business was what I remembered from watching that Michael J. Fox movie, The Secret of My Success. That was pretty much it.

Charlie Paparelli: [00:16:46] I don’t remember that.

Michael Blake: [00:16:47] Yeah, nor does anybody else. That’s-

Charlie Paparelli: [00:16:49] Okay.

Michael Blake: [00:16:49] Yeah. So, let’s, sort of, then, now get into the seat of that person that thinks they’ve got that idea, right, and they’re convinced that idea’s got legs, and the company they’re working for is not going to buy it. They sit down, they take you out to lunch, or they sit down for your own office hours at the ATDC. What do you tell them in terms of they’re if going to embark on a venture — I’m sorry, angel capital raising process, what should that entrepreneur be prepared to do?

Charlie Paparelli: [00:17:21] In order to?

Michael Blake: [00:17:24] To raise capital? I’ve got an idea. I need somebody to write me a bigger check than I can write myself. What is that process going to look like?

Charlie Paparelli: [00:17:34] All right. So, I’m going to speak beyond the friends and family.

Michael Blake: [00:17:37] Yeah.

Charlie Paparelli: [00:17:37] So, friends and family is going to provide that bridge to get you from a weekly payroll or weekly salary, if you will, to being an entrepreneur or starting your own business, in effect, okay. So, now, your future and your family’s future is dependent upon you making money. So, tell me again, what are you looking for in this?

Michael Blake: [00:18:03] I’m just looking for the process of raising angel capital, right. I’ve decided I’m going to raise angel capital. What do those steps look like to get from want to raise angel capital to having a check in the bank?

Charlie Paparelli: [00:18:18] All right. Part of this myth, I mean, you talked about entrepreneurs as folk heroes. And there’s a myth around the folk hero that soon as I come up with an idea, the next step is to actually raise capital, okay? Really, the next step is to start building a business. Capital is attracted to businesses. Capital isn’t just attracted to purely ideas, all right. I look back at Facebook, for example. So, when Zuckerberg — what happened with Zuckerberg, he started Facebook, basically, as a freshman at Harvard, I believe was Harvard.

Michael Blake: [00:18:58] I think so, yeah.

Charlie Paparelli: [00:18:59] Yeah. And, sort of, a nerdy guy, wanted to meet people, introvert. He didn’t want to meet people. He want to meet girls. So, what he did is he put together this little site to have people meet each other over this internet. And it was only open to the freshman class at Harvard. And he started to gain traction because there’s a lot of nerds, I guess, that go to Harvard.

Michael Blake: [00:19:30] I think that’s fair.

Charlie Paparelli: [00:19:31] Yeah. And they don’t-

Michael Blake: [00:19:32] I only drove by Harvard when I lived up in Boston, but I think that’s correct.

Charlie Paparelli: [00:19:35] Yeah, all right. Well, they needed to meet each other. So, they didn’t know how to do it. So, they started doing it over the web, this new medium, if you will. And then from there, it started to kind of take off. So, he met people. He became, sort of, a little bit of a rock star in his freshman class and other people in the college. And Harvard said, “Well, what about us as sophomores, and juniors, and seniors, and all that?” And, of course, we always know that seniors always like to pick up freshmen girls, right? That’s kind of how that works. And so, he opened it up, and it just became for Harvard. And then from Harvard, other people started to contact him, and said, “Hey, we’re at MIT. We want to do the same thing. Can you open it up?” So, he started to open up these silos where they couldn’t talk to each other. You can only talk within your educational institution. And from there, it’s sort of just expanded.

Charlie Paparelli: [00:20:27] At some point, people said — he said, “I need to — this thing is so popular now. I need to kind of get some money here, so I can live on and continue to build it out.” And that’s when he got his first venture capital. And by then, he had exposed — he had expanded to high schools, again, siloed. And when he first got some capital in there, it was probably angel money to start with, is they said to him, “Look, why are you doing this siloed approach? Why don’t you just kind of open it up horizontally to anybody who wants to be part of this?” And that was the beginning of Facebook.

Charlie Paparelli: [00:21:00] And that so — he started to build out the attractiveness of the idea and the business model, and that’s what it was. And he had no idea what the business model was going to be when he started. But later, it came about that it was going to be advertising-based because he had captured all of our data, and he was able to sell it to all of the advertisers.

Michael Blake: [00:21:18] Yeah.

Charlie Paparelli: [00:21:19] It worked out really well for him. But the first step, really, is for these — is to think, “I have to build a business.” Don’t think, “I have to raise capital. I have to build a business.” If you build something that looks like it’s going to be a business, that, actually, there’s some buyers out there for whatever service or product that you’re selling, then an angel investor like myself can come in and say, “It looks like this can turn into a big business,” or “This can turn into a $500,000 business, max,” or “Maybe it’s going to be a $5 million business,” then we can size what type of investment it would require. And then, we could figure out what kind of returns that we might possibly get based on the investment we put in.

Michael Blake: [00:22:00] And you and I, I think, both know and have met entrepreneurs that, I think, I’ve gotten that backwards where their business seems to be raising capital.

Charlie Paparelli: [00:22:09] Yeah.

Michael Blake: [00:22:11] That doesn’t work very well, does it?

Charlie Paparelli: [00:22:12] Yeah. One of the things I worry about in our community and other communities is we don’t celebrate. We don’t seem to celebrate the progress that a company makes in their marketplace. But what the news covers is how much money they raised on the last round. Money doesn’t build companies, people build companies.

Michael Blake: [00:22:34] Yeah.

Charlie Paparelli: [00:22:34] So, we should be celebrating, “Oh, my gosh, they did a deal with AT&T.” That should be the news, not that they raised $50 dollars in the last round at a $200 million valuation.

Michael Blake: [00:22:48] Yeah, I agree with that.

Charlie Paparelli: [00:22:50] Yeah, you’re right. So, the end point, what we celebrate is some milestone in the process as opposed to the business successes themselves.

Michael Blake: [00:23:03] So, to  raise money for a small business, angel capital is not necessarily the only game in town. It’s not necessarily the best route to go, right? You could — for example, you might be able to obtain a small business loan, right, or you may be to finance things through credit cards. Can you talk a little bit about what differentiates one opportunity that makes it appropriate for angel capital and what maybe makes another opportunity more appropriate for a small business loan kind of scenario?

Charlie Paparelli: [00:23:34] Yeah. Small business loans and credit cards, they all kind of fall in the same bucket. They’re probably 25% interest type loans.

Michael Blake: [00:23:43] Yeah.

Charlie Paparelli: [00:23:43] So, you’ve got to think of them more like working capital loans. So, I need some — I’m invoicing my — I’m doing a service company, so I’m invoicing my customers. I’ve got a 45 to 60-day, sort of, window before that money comes back in. So. maybe I can use credit cards, and I can use these business loans, if you will, to kind of finance that. But for longtime financing, 25% interest is gonna be quite a burden as you go forward. So, I see those as working capital loans.

Charlie Paparelli: [00:24:17] The angel, the other side is banking. Can I go to a bank and get a loan? Well, if you’ve got enough assets, enough collateral, and enough money in the bank, they’re willing to give you a loan. But most of these people don’t have the credit worthiness to get any meaningful sized loan that’s going to kind of move the needle for the business. So, it forces you into selling stock in your company as opposed to just accumulating debt to kind of go forward. So, with stock, you don’t have debt. You have — you’ve sold off a piece. But, now, you have a partner. And that’s what an angel investor is. They’re a financial partner in the company. So you’ve sold off 30%, or 50%, or whatever the number might be depending upon how early stage you are of your company to this investor who’s now going to be hanging out with you for a very long time.

Michael Blake: [00:25:12] And the timing issue, I think, is so important that an angel investor, if they’re experienced – and not all of them are – understands that doors are slammed shut, and you’re on a highway for a while, right? The bank, maybe they understand the door’s slammed shut, but if you’re going to be on that highway for a long time, that meter runs really quickly, right, as that interest kind of piles up. And it takes cash out of the business. But if you can pay that back fairly quickly, maybe that does make sense. If you have enough cash flow initially to kind of — as you said, as you sell through your inventory or whatnot, maybe it makes sense to do that.

Charlie Paparelli: [00:25:54] Yeah. It depends upon — I guess there’s a couple of things to consider is, what kind of business am I building? If I have to spend a lot of time in order to build out a product, a bank loan is probably not gonna be a good way to go. But if I’m doing a services company, or if I’m a reseller of some type of other products, so I’m really looking to just buy product, and then resell product, bank loans make a heck of a lot of sense because you can keep moving them. You can pay them back, you can take them down, you can do it that way. But if I have this long-term investment that I have to make in order to get set up to build my company, well, bank loans, like you said, accrued interest kind of grows very, very rapidly. And then, you’re kind of under water.

Charlie Paparelli: [00:26:44] The other thing to consider is that, do you know enough about what you’re doing to build a company? So, this is where angels come in too. They’re just not people who come with money, but they come with expertise and network. So, if you could find those kind of what I’ll call smart money angels, then they could bring a lot of value to the business to increase your chances of success and mitigate your risk.

Michael Blake: [00:27:11] I want to drill down on that because I know in your model, I think, your smart money is involved. I think you are involved with a greater degree because you do fewer deals, right? I think, in the intro, I think it said you did 30 deals over 25 years, something of that nature, right?

Charlie Paparelli: [00:27:28] Right.

Michael Blake: [00:27:28] So, you are not — you, yourself, you’re not spreading thin. You are going deep into one or two deals at any given point in time. And correct me if I’m wrong, but I think that’s, sort of, on the deeper end of the spectrum. Not all angels are as involved on a day-to-day basis as an intimate partner as are you. Is that fair?

Charlie Paparelli: [00:27:50] That’s very fair.

Michael Blake: [00:27:52] And then, there’s a spectrum. And then, on the other side — and I’ll just share with the listeners some insider baseball. We often call those doctor and dentist deals, right? Nothing against doctors or dentists, but there’s a stereotype that they have money but not the experience of being angel investors. Often, they’ll make an investment but not be involved, right.

Charlie Paparelli: [00:28:16] But the other side of the reason that doctors and dentists get involved too is there’s a jealousy that the business guys are making all the money.

Michael Blake: [00:28:26] Okay.

Charlie Paparelli: [00:28:26] So, they want to become a business guy and that becomes an easy, sort of, on-ramp angel investing, but it’s a quick way to kind of lose some of their hard-earned, sort of, cash flow too.

Michael Blake: [00:28:37] Yeah. Yeah. Oh, sure. That’s a great way to lose money, right?

Charlie Paparelli: [00:28:40] Yeah.

Michael Blake: [00:28:40] But as somebody who’s seeking angel capital, right, on the one hand, what you’re offering, you’re offering experience, you’re offering expertise, you’re offering support. The other edge of that sword is I got to share the steering wheel, right? There’s built-in, day-to-day, in-your-face accountability with which not everybody in the world is necessarily comfortable, right? And some capital seekers will say, “You know what? You’re telling me this dumb money is just going to write me $100,000 check, and then not bother me? Great. Where do I sign?” What does that funding seeker not getting right? What are they overlooking or what are — yeah. What are they failing to see because they see that “free money?”

Charlie Paparelli: [00:29:29] Yeah. I have people — I had a call just the other day, in fact, somebody who was saying to me this is their third time, actually, starting a company. And, actually, the first two companies, they had exits. So, they figured they had the formula down, they’re just going to be successful. So, this is a guy that has total exits that were equal to $37 million in exit. So, this is a pretty successful guy in health care, in the health care vertical. And he’s saying to me, “You know and understand. You understand how to price these deals out. I don’t have revenue yet in this one. I do have a lot of experience. I’ve got good track record. I think that people should pay a much higher amount of money as angel investors for the stock than I’m going to sell in this company at this stage.”

Charlie Paparelli: [00:30:16] And I said, “Well, you’ve got a choice. If you want people who are going to come in, who are going to add to the credibility of your new company, your idea, and also lock arms with you for any future, sort of — be of value add for any future funding that you’re going to do,” I said, “you’re going to have to — you’re selling to professional angel investors who are going to be asking for — they’re looking for good returns, and they understand how hard it is to build companies. So, you’re going to be pricing your company lower than you would with inexperienced – the doctors and dentists.” You go to doctors and dentists, and they say, “Oh, well, I’m pricing this brand new company, never raised money before, has no revenue, hasn’t built the product yet. We’re going to price it at $10 million.” Okay. And from the outside, you might say, “Wow, that’s a really good deal, $10 millions because I look at the stock market and all those companies have billion dollar valuations. So, this is a great deal.”

Charlie Paparelli: [00:31:14] Whereas an angel investor would probably say, “What did you raise money on your last deal for that first round?” He said, “Well, they got an outsized return because I priced it at $2 billion pre-money.” And I said, “Well, that’s what it was worth. And they didn’t get a ridiculously high sign.” I said, “What was the returns they got?” He said, “They got a 10-time return on their money.” I said, “So, what? So, what? Why does that bother you? You were a success. You made millions of dollars because of these people that put this money in.” He said, “Well, I think that I could make even more.” I said, “Well, how much more money do you want to make?” And he said, “Well, it’s not about the money. It’s about fairness.” And I said, “Oh, so it’s about greed, but it’s not about the money.” You know what I mean? It’s like a ridiculous conversation. So, I would say-

Michael Blake: [00:32:00] This is why I don’t argue with you, by the way.

Charlie Paparelli: [00:32:02] So, what do you like? Yeah. So, what you’re missing out on if you get what we’ll call as inexperienced money as opposed to using the pejorative term, is you’re missing out on the experience. I mean, I’ve been an entrepreneur in my earliest days. We built companies from scratch. We did exits. I worked for corporations. I know what it is to to build leaders. I know how to hire people. I know to help. I have a network of people I can bring to the company. I can make introductions to executives. That’s very valuable. Well, if you’ve got a doctor, and he’s not going to do any of that, he’s going to call you up and say, “So, what happened last week?”

Michael Blake: [00:32:44] Right.

Charlie Paparelli: [00:32:44] You know.

Michael Blake: [00:32:44] Unless somebody faints at the board meeting, that’s great. But otherwise, he’s not going to bring that much to the table, right?

Charlie Paparelli: [00:32:49] Exactly.

Michael Blake: [00:32:49] So-

Charlie Paparelli: [00:32:49] So, that’s what you miss out.

Michael Blake: [00:32:51] And you said something that  I want to touch on because I think this is really important. That 10x return, I don’t think that’s really an outsized return when you consider the risk that’s being taken, right? So, I just posted two days ago on my chart of the day, when you look at venture returns, which is more mature than angel, right, 65% of those deals don’t make their money back, right?

Charlie Paparelli: [00:33:14] Right.

Michael Blake: [00:33:14] So, it’s up to a 1.0x return, which means that’s cash and cash. Best scenario, you get your money back, which means that two-thirds of deals lose money, right?

Charlie Paparelli: [00:33:27] Right.

Michael Blake: [00:33:27] Two-thirds of deals in the S&P 500 do not lose money if you’re just sort of in a broad index, right?

Charlie Paparelli: [00:33:32] Right.

Michael Blake: [00:33:32] So, it’s kind of like drilling for oil that the deals that are successful also kind of got to pay for the deals that weren’t, right? The well that strikes oil also has to pay for the drills you put in that didn’t strike oil.

Charlie Paparelli: [00:33:46] Right.

Michael Blake: [00:33:47] And so, if you’re successful, perhaps you’re thinking, “Boy, you know, 10x returns seems rather greedy.” But from the investor’s standpoint, you got to have that, or you’ve got to have that aspirationally. You have to hit it once in a while or the economics, given the risk and the failure rate, just don’t work out, right?

Charlie Paparelli: [00:34:06] Yes. So, what you wind up with, I think that the average angel that has been doing it for some — let’s say, a 10-year period, I think their returns are somewhere — somebody — this is somebody that presented at Angel Lounge. I think those returns were somewhere around 3% to 6% as an internal rate of return.

Michael Blake: [00:34:26] Oh, my gosh.

Charlie Paparelli: [00:34:26] Well, that’s an awful lot of risk and an awful lot of work, okay, to get those kind of returns. And what happens is when you’re speaking with entrepreneurs, every entrepreneur know his company is going to be a great success, and it’s going to be worth a lot of money. What he doesn’t have is any kind of context to say, “As an angel investor, I’m looking at 20 people that look like you, okay, and I’m seeing — I really understand where the risk is because I’ve talked to people at all different levels. You seem to be the most attractive, but there’s no guarantee that you’re going to be successful.”.

Charlie Paparelli: [00:35:05] That guy I talked about in health care, I said, “You’ve got millions of dollars.” He says — I said, “Why don’t you put your money into this thing if it’s such a good deal?” And he said, “Well, I’ve already put $200,000 in.” And I said, “Well, $200,000 to you is nothing based on the exits that you had. So, you’ve got to be worth more than $15 million.” He goes, “Well, I’m not going to tell you what I’m worth, but you’re not far off.”

Charlie Paparelli: [00:35:28] And then I said, “Well, if this is such a great deal, if it’s so low risk that you’re going to be a success, why would you want to share it with anybody?” And he said, “Well, there’s always a chance that it’s going to fail.” I said, “Well, you didn’t say that in the first 20 minutes of our conversation, you know.” But you see, this is the reality of it. So, I want to take no risk, and I want all the risk to be put on the investors. And I don’t think they should get more than a three-time return if it works.” And I said to him, “Would you invest in that deal?” And he didn’t answer me. But you see, it’s crazy the way these deals get positioned.

Michael Blake: [00:36:06] Well, you know, I think in fairness, it’s sort of in a symmetry of kind of how you look at it. From the entrepreneur’s deal, they have one deal, and that’s it, right? But I want to build on something that you said. Even the deals you invest in, let’s say — I know you don’t do this, but let’s say you’re an angel that’s got money in six deals, right?

Charlie Paparelli: [00:36:26] Yeah.

Michael Blake: [00:36:28] When you put money in those six deals, you didn’t think any of them were going to fail individually. You wouldn’t have put your money in, right? You think that all of them are going to be successful when you put your money in, but you know that four of them are not, or five of them are not, or maybe all six of them are going to lose. You just don’t know which ones.

Charlie Paparelli: [00:36:45] You know, it’s funny that you say that, the four of the six will not be okay. There is such a deep sense of denial. Even me who has been through this that I still think I’ll be six for six. Okay? That’s why we do these deals. You know, I mean, you can’t be an angel investor, and not be idealistic, outsized, idealistic, and outsized hopeful. Otherwise, you wouldn’t do these things.

Michael Blake: [00:37:10] Right.

Charlie Paparelli: [00:37:11] So, that’s what happens.

Michael Blake: [00:37:11] Nobody would ever enlist for the army if they thought they’re the one that’s going to get shot.

Charlie Paparelli: [00:37:15] That’s right. That’s right.

Michael Blake: [00:37:16] You got to have that going in. It just doesn’t make any sense, right? So, how much lead time? I mean, how long do you think — how long does it normally take? Let’s say there’s a successful angel funding process that takes place. As an entrepreneur is thinking about their business plan, how long does that process usually take?

Charlie Paparelli: [00:37:39] Well, it’s a hard question to answer, but if I’d say in general terms, I would say 90 days.

Michael Blake: [00:37:47] Okay.

Charlie Paparelli: [00:37:47] Okay. But it’s highly dependent. If we’re speaking to entrepreneurs and business people here, it’s highly dependent upon the quality of your business. If you are sitting here, and you don’t really have anything, and the idea doesn’t really even solve a clear business problem, you can spend the next two years trying to find the first person that’s going to put money behind that. And in that two years, you’re going to change, change, change, improve, do better until you hit on some business that makes sense based on your expertise. And then, the 90 days will kick in.

Michael Blake: [00:38:23] Right.

Charlie Paparelli: [00:38:23] All right. So, it could be forever to never, okay? Or if you really do, in fact, have something, it could be as quick as 30 days, okay? That happens if you get the first person who has high credibility as an angel in the deal, then it’s a pile-on. Everybody’s got to be in the deal, right, because the credibility went up. If Charlie thinks that Mike has got a really good shot at this, and Charlie’s done a lot of these deals, I’ll put money in that deal. Well, what’s the deal? I don’t even know what it is, but Charlie’s on the deal. I’m going to do the deal. You know, that’s the old thing that we had about the t-shirt for Sig Mosley, right, who was sort of the godfather of angel investing in Atlanta that said “Sig said no.”

Michael Blake: [00:39:08] Yeah.

Charlie Paparelli: [00:39:10] Right? If Sig said no, you were dead.

Michael Blake: [00:39:12] That was already a horse head in your bed, basically.

Charlie Paparelli: [00:39:13] Yeah, exactly. That’s what it was. But if he said yes, everybody wanted in on the deal. They don’t even know what they were investing.

Michael Blake: [00:39:20] Right.

Charlie Paparelli: [00:39:21] That’s the [crosstalk].

Michael Blake: [00:39:22] It could have been alpaca as a service. And if Sig was in, you’re in.

Charlie Paparelli: [00:39:26] That’s it.

Michael Blake: [00:39:26] Now,  saddle me up, right.

Charlie Paparelli: [00:39:28] That was it.

Michael Blake: [00:39:29] So, what do you think about angel groups? There are angel groups out there. We have won the Atlanta Technology Angels, which, as my editorializing, some years are great; some years, you don’t quite know where they are. I don’t think you’ve ever been a very active member as an investor of angel groups, if I’m — correct me if I’m wrong, obviously. But do you have an opinion of angel groups as a place for somebody to go to look for capital?

Charlie Paparelli: [00:39:55] Yeah, I think that angel groups have been — angel groups have been through a process here over the last, I would say 20 years. And it’s taken them that long to get to a model that actually works. And what they’re serving is not entrepreneurs. What they’re serving as passive investors. And passive investors, I always say that wealthy — the passive investors are independently wealthy people. And my definition, personal definition of independently wealthy is I can do whatever I want, whenever I want, which means I have complete control over my time. Well, I might say as a wealthy individual, “I want to be an angel investor.” Well, if all of a sudden, I create a relationship with the entrepreneur, and I put money in, and he sees value in me, well, I might start getting calls like on Saturday morning, which is when I play golf, that this guy lost a big deal, and he just has to meet me for breakfast.

Charlie Paparelli: [00:41:00] Well, what happens is we have all these people that want to do it, but they don’t want to put time in. So, they need somebody to kind of represent them. So, what happened is over the years, these models went from sort of loosely-goosey, “Let’s have a meeting and see who wants to invest,” to actually putting putting in paying dues and paying a group of people to actually vet the deals, present the deals, do the due diligence on the deals, put the terms sheets together, negotiate the term sheets, and then present them to these passive investors. That’s where these groups have gone now. So, if you look at AIM, A-I-M-

Michael Blake: [00:41:38] Yeah, familiar with them.

Charlie Paparelli: [00:41:38] Right? Down in Birmingham. And then, you look also at Matt Dunbar Venture South in Greenville, they have adopted that model. It took them a while to get there, but they’ve adopted the model, and it works because it satisfies the needs and interests of the passive angel investors. So, they have these huge networks of people.

Michael Blake: [00:42:02] And they are funding deals. I know AIM would probably be one of the most active angel investors in Georgia, I think.

Charlie Paparelli: [00:42:10] They are one of. In fact, they started a group here in Atlanta.

Michael Blake: [00:42:16] Oh, okay. I didn’t know that.

Charlie Paparelli: [00:42:17] Yeah, they have their own group. And ATA, the Atlanta Technology Angels, like you said, they’ve had their ups and downs. And so, they haven’t quite had the leadership to kind of build something out longer term. So, they have ebbed and flowed, but they’ve been at a few good deals, you know. Even with this sort of loosey-goosey unstructured model that they have.

Michael Blake: [00:42:38] So, I want to ask you a question I get asked a lot. And that is, from your perspective, how much do business plans and financial models matter? Are they overrated? Are they underrated?

Charlie Paparelli: [00:42:52] Well, I’m a very early stage investor.

Michael Blake: [00:42:55] Right.

Charlie Paparelli: [00:42:55] Right? So, for me, they’re not rated, all right? So, what I look for is my business plan, where we kind of get started, is to say, “Let’s do a three-month forecast. Let’s start with how much money you’re going to spend over that three months.”

Michael Blake: [00:43:11] Got it.

Charlie Paparelli: [00:43:11] “And is there any opportunity for any kind of revenue in that time?” So, really, we’re very granular, okay?  But to sit here and say, “Well, here’s my five-year plan,” I say, “The first thing we need to do is we need to be able to get to cash-flow positive. Then, we can have a plan going forward. But if we can’t get the cash flow positive, that deficit is going to be make up by investors, and investors are going to be part of this drag on you as you try to kind of go forward.” So, I don’t know.

Michael Blake: [00:43:43] And that’s why you like — I mean, in your model, you like to kind of be the only guy, because I think it’s less of a distraction, right?

Charlie Paparelli: [00:43:50] Well, what I’ve done is always — it’s been me and maybe two or three other guys.

Michael Blake: [00:43:56] Okay.

Charlie Paparelli: [00:43:56] But they’re people that I trust. People don’t even know they exist. But I bring them along in some cases. Like one guy, I invite invested in a sales tax business that was selling to telecom, and there was a sales tax prep business, who I called it the ADP of sales tax. Well, I didn’t know telecom buyers. Well, I brought a fellow that’s a very good friend of mine who was a telecom executive, worked for AT&T, fast track guy. I brought him in. He walked me into two deals. Just walked in. One call, boom, we went in, they bought the stuff. Well, that’s really high value.

Michael Blake: [00:44:31] Yeah.

Charlie Paparelli: [00:44:31] So, he knew telecom, and he knew the buyers. So, I understand how to build companies from scratch, and I understand building leadership teams. He was on the other hand. He was the industry expertise that kind of brought us, and he had network like that. Sometimes, I’ll bring in somebody who’s a sales expert in the particular channel, and that would be another guy to kind of bring along that would be very helpful in the deal. So, everybody I bring along has got to be additive to the deal-

Michael Blake: [00:44:59] Okay.

Charlie Paparelli: [00:44:59] … to mitigate the risk and increase chances of success.

Michael Blake: [00:45:04] All right. So, we’re running out of time, but I have two questions I want to ask before we get you out of here and get you back to doing your angel investing. Three founder traits that turn you on?

Charlie Paparelli: [00:45:16] Three founder traits that turn me on. One is that this is the time for this company to start in this person’s life. So, I look at an idea as an arc, and I look at a person’s life as an arc, okay? So, I look at this intersection between where you are in your life as an entrepreneur, and this idea, and where it is in the marketplace. And if there looks like there’s an intersection, I call that, it’s almost like a God moment. It’s a miracle has happened, okay? It’s not artificial. It’s like it had to happen. And I think if we look back at companies like Apple, and Amazon, and Facebook, those are all those kind of moments. And I’m not saying I’ve ever invested in billion-dollar kind of companies, but that’s what I look for in an entrepreneur because it’s very personal. So, it’s not just, “Oh, I was walking down the street, and I came up with this idea.” It has to fit in their life.

Charlie Paparelli: [00:46:12] Secondly is they have to have — for me, they have to have the industry expertise. So, they are 35. So, they do have expertise in a particular functional area. And they also have a lot of experience in that marketplace. So, they have customers they can call on. They have employees who would like to come along with them because they respect them. So, that mitigates risk.

Charlie Paparelli: [00:46:35] And then, lastly, I look for character. And the character I look for, for me, which has been easy to just look for somebody who has a Christian foundation. And the reason for that is, at least, I know what they are supposed to stand for, all right?

Michael Blake: [00:46:54] I know why you’re saying it like that. Okay.

Charlie Paparelli: [00:46:55] There is some level. We’re all hypocrites, we’re all sinners, okay? But there has to be some level of integrity that we can count on. There’s a reason for your [indiscernible]. I say there’s two types of entrepreneurs. There’s those entrepreneurs who believe that there is a God, and it’s them. And there’s other entrepreneurs who realize there is a God, and it’s not them. I invest in the people who know there’s a God, and it’s not them. So, there’s higher level moral authority effect that speaks into their life. When everything’s going well, everybody’s honest, and everybody’s hard working, and everybody believes in helping the other guy. When things get tough, that’s when the values show up. So, I try to get — that last piece of character is very important to me.

Michael Blake: [00:47:41] That’s a great note to kind of wrap things up on. Can people contact you if they have more questions about this angel investing thing?

Charlie Paparelli: [00:47:50] They could write me. That would work.

Michael Blake: [00:47:52] How would they write you?

Charlie Paparelli: [00:47:53] They could send an e-mail to charlie@paparelli.com.

Michael Blake: [00:47:57] Okay.

Charlie Paparelli: [00:47:58] But sign up for the blog at paparelli.com.

Michael Blake: [00:48:03] Yeah.

Charlie Paparelli: [00:48:03] That would be great.

Michael Blake: [00:48:04] Do sign up for it. I kid you not, when it comes out, I read it. I don’t — I can’t remember the last time. It was late. It may have been late once or twice. And when it is, I miss it. So, keep doing. I’m very glad that you do it. It’s very inspirational.

Charlie Paparelli: [00:48:16] Thank you for your support.

Michael Blake: [00:48:16] So, that’s going to wrap it up for today’s program. I’d like to thank Charlie Paparelli so much for joining us and sharing his expertise with us today. We’ll be exploring a new topic each week. So, please tune in, so that when you’re faced with your next business decision, you have clear vision when making it. If you enjoy this podcast, please consider leaving a review with your favorite podcasts aggregator. It helps people find us, so that we can help them. Once again, this is Mike Blake. Our sponsor’s Brady Ware & Company. And this has been the Decision Vision Podcast.

Tagged With: CPa, CPA firm, Dayton accounting, Dayton business advisory, Dayton CPA, Dayton CPA firm, Decision Vision, early stage startups, investing in startups, Michael Blake, Mike Blake, Paparelli Ventures, Startup, startup investing, startups, Venture South

  • « Previous Page
  • 1
  • …
  • 5
  • 6
  • 7
  • 8
  • Next Page »

Business RadioX ® Network


 

Our Most Recent Episode

CONNECT WITH US

  • Email
  • Facebook
  • LinkedIn
  • Twitter
  • YouTube

Our Mission

We help local business leaders get the word out about the important work they’re doing to serve their market, their community, and their profession.

We support and celebrate business by sharing positive business stories that traditional media ignores. Some media leans left. Some media leans right. We lean business.

Sponsor a Show

Build Relationships and Grow Your Business. Click here for more details.

Partner With Us

Discover More Here

Terms and Conditions
Privacy Policy

Connect with us

Want to keep up with the latest in pro-business news across the network? Follow us on social media for the latest stories!
  • Email
  • Facebook
  • Google+
  • LinkedIn
  • Twitter
  • YouTube

Business RadioX® Headquarters
1000 Abernathy Rd. NE
Building 400, Suite L-10
Sandy Springs, GA 30328

© 2025 Business RadioX ® · Rainmaker Platform

BRXStudioCoversLA

Wait! Don’t Miss an Episode of LA Business Radio

BRXStudioCoversDENVER

Wait! Don’t Miss an Episode of Denver Business Radio

BRXStudioCoversPENSACOLA

Wait! Don’t Miss an Episode of Pensacola Business Radio

BRXStudioCoversBIRMINGHAM

Wait! Don’t Miss an Episode of Birmingham Business Radio

BRXStudioCoversTALLAHASSEE

Wait! Don’t Miss an Episode of Tallahassee Business Radio

BRXStudioCoversRALEIGH

Wait! Don’t Miss an Episode of Raleigh Business Radio

BRXStudioCoversRICHMONDNoWhite

Wait! Don’t Miss an Episode of Richmond Business Radio

BRXStudioCoversNASHVILLENoWhite

Wait! Don’t Miss an Episode of Nashville Business Radio

BRXStudioCoversDETROIT

Wait! Don’t Miss an Episode of Detroit Business Radio

BRXStudioCoversSTLOUIS

Wait! Don’t Miss an Episode of St. Louis Business Radio

BRXStudioCoversCOLUMBUS-small

Wait! Don’t Miss an Episode of Columbus Business Radio

Coachthecoach-08-08

Wait! Don’t Miss an Episode of Coach the Coach

BRXStudioCoversBAYAREA

Wait! Don’t Miss an Episode of Bay Area Business Radio

BRXStudioCoversCHICAGO

Wait! Don’t Miss an Episode of Chicago Business Radio

Wait! Don’t Miss an Episode of Atlanta Business Radio